2020-2022年浙江中考英语3年真题汇编 专题02 阅读单选（学生卷+教师卷）

这是一份2020-2022年浙江中考英语3年真题汇编 专题02 阅读单选（学生卷+教师卷），文件包含专题02阅读单选-三年2020-2022中考真题英语分项汇编浙江专用解析版docx、专题02阅读单选-三年2020-2022中考真题英语分项汇编浙江专用原卷版docx等2份试卷配套教学资源，其中试卷共324页， 欢迎下载使用。

专题02 阅读单选（解析版）
目录

2020年


一、 杭州
二、 湖州
三、 嘉兴、舟山
四、 金华
五、 丽水
六、 宁波
七、 衢州
八、 绍兴
九、 台州
十、 温州


2021年


一、杭州
二、湖州
三、嘉兴、舟山
四、金华
五、丽水
六、宁波
七、衢州
八、绍兴
九、台州
十、温州


2022年


一、杭州
二、湖州
三、嘉兴、舟山
四、金华
五、丽水
六、宁波
七、衢州
八、绍兴
九、台州
十、温州


2020年

一、 杭州
Do you believe in green living? Read the following blog (博客)and replies about a fun, easy and creative way to make your lifestyle greener.
Posted by Gina at 8:32 a. m. on 11th February 2018



What do you think of the "new" hat I made for my sister? It used to be my mum's sweater.
New uses for old clothing
Nowadays, we're more wasteful than ever-buying, using and throwing things away without thinking about the costs. We need to start living more responsibly- but how? One answer is to upcycle (再生利用) .
If you're like me, you might already make soil for gardening from food waste and use empty paper boxes as storage space. Did you know you can apply (应用) the same way to old clothing? You just need imagination!
I started upcycling clothing. Making new things out of old clothes is the best way to mix my talent and my interest. Do you upcycle? If so, what new things have you made? If not, why not give it a try?
Terry B Posted at 9:08 a. m. on 11th February 2018
Why don't you give your old clothes to people in need? I even give away the most expensive things I don't wear anymore. So I can help the environment while giving something useful to people in need.
Gina Posted at 9:28 a. m. on 1lth February 2018 early
Good point! I'm talking about only the oldest clothing in your room — the clothes that are too old to be worn by others. The same idea goes for food waste at restaurants and supermarkets.
Before upcycling food that can still be eaten, for example, using it to make soil, we
should give it to those in need.
Betty99 Posted at 10:18 a. m. on llth February 2018
I've made shopping bags out of T-shirts and dog toys out of socks.
Upcycling clothing is a fun hobby, but the most important thing is that it makes me
feel like I'm living less wastefully.
16. What is special about the hat?
A. It came from an old sweater. B. It was given by Gina's mum.
C. It was new and expensive. D. It was a gift from Gina's sister.
17. Why did Gina give a reply to TerryB?
A. To draw TerryB's attention. B. To introduce a new method.
C. To further explain her idea. D. To express her deep regret.
18. What did Betty99 upcycle to make dog toys?
A. Paper boxes. B. Shopping bags. C. T-shirts. D. Socks.

A篇:
文章大意：本文主要介绍了 Gina对绿色生活的看法——再生利用旧衣物，以及TerryB和 Betty99对Gina这篇博客的回复。
16. 事实细节题。根据文章第一部分插图中的“It used to be my mum's sweater"可知这 个帽子特殊之处在于它曾是Gina母亲的旧毛衣，故选A。
17. 推理判断题。根据文章第二部分Gina有关再利用旧物以及不要的食物的回复内容可知 这是为了进一步说明解释“再生利用”的观点，故选C。
18. 事实细节题。根据文章第三部分第一句“I’ve made shopping bags out of T-shirts and dog toys out of socks"可知Betty用T-shirts做成了购物袋，用袜子做成了小狗 玩具，故选D。

B
Traffic lights are red, yellow and green. They are very important signals (信号). Traffic lights are usually placed at busy street corners to help control traffic Sometimes, they are on streets near schools and shops, too. Most young children are taught what each of the colored lights means, so everybody can stay safe.
The first traffic signals were used for trains. The signals were put alongside railway tracks ( (轨道). The color red was used to mean "stop" because it warned people of danger. A red light was also the easiest color to see from a distance. Train drivers could see the red "stop" light ahead and had enough time to slow down and stop their trains. A green light was used to mean "take care" and a white light meant "go".
However, there were many dangerous accidents on the train tracks. Some train drivers thought a star shining in the night sky was a white light that meant "go"". So the signals were swapped. The "go" light was changed to green and the "take care" light was changed to white.
During these times, people travelled by train or in carts pulled by horses. Years later, when cars were built, people began to drive them because they could travel much faster than horses. However, the road rules for drivers were not very clear and many people were hurt crossing the roads. Yellow warning signs had to be placed beside the roads to remind drivers to take care and allow people to cross safely.
Today, towns and cities all over the world have traffic lights. Red and green lights match the signals used on the railways. Yellow lights are easy to see, so they are used to warn drivers that they should slow down and prepare to stop.
19. Why was the color red used to mean "stop"?
A. It reminded people of traffic rules.
B. It helped trains run smoothly.
C. It gave people a warning of danger.
D. It was the first color people thought of.
20. What does the underlined word "swapped" in Paragraph 3 mean?
A. Designed. B. Exchanged. C. Suggested. D. Compared.
21. In which order did the "take care" light develop?
a. A white light b. A green light. c. A yellow light.
C. a一c一b B. b一c一a A. a一b一c D. b一a一c
22. What is the passage mainly about?
A. The advantages of traffic lights. B. The history of traffic lights.
C. The importance of traffic lights. D. The meanings of traffic lights.

B篇:
文章大意:本文主要讲述了红绿灯的发展由来一一从火车上的演变到今天马路上能见到的交 通信号灯。
19. 事实细节题。根据第二段第三句 The color red was used to mean "stop" because it warned people of danger可知，火车使用红色的标志牌是想警告人们危险。C选项“它 给人们以危险的警告”与原文意思相符，故选C。
20. 词义猜测题。根据第二段最后一句 A green light was used to mean "take care" and a white light meant “go”可知，绿灯意味着小心，白灯意味着通行。而第三段swaped 后的一句话 The "go" light was changed to green and the "take care" light was changed towhit e可知，绿色信号灯和白色信号灯的寓意交换变换发生了改变。A选项 意为“设计” ；B选项意为“交换”；C选项意为“建议” ；D选项意为“比较”。故 选Bo
21. 事实细节题。根据第二段 A green light was used to mean "take care”；第三段 the "take care" light was changed to white； 第四段 Yellow warning signs had to be placed beside the roads to remind drivers to take care, 可知，"take care" light 的发展过程由绿色到白色再到黄色，对应的正确的排序为b-a-c,故选D。
22. 主旨大意题。由第二段开头 The first traffic signals were used for trains；到 第四段开头 During these times. .. Years later...；到最后一段开头 Today...,可知 文章以时间轴的顺序在介绍红绿灯的发展由来一从火车上的演变到今天马路上能见到 的交通信号灯，也即交通信号灯的历史，故选B。

C
A lot of animals travel from one place to another. We call this migration.
In Africa, large animals, like elephants and zebras, migrate to find food and water. They usually follow the same ways every year.
A lot of birds migrate to find food and better weather, too. They are usually birds that eat insects. They spend the summer in northern Europe, because there are lots of insects there. In the winter there aren't any insects, so the birds fly south to southern Europe and Africa.
Some insects migrate, too. In North America, millions of monarch butterflies fly south to spend the winter in Mexico, California and Florida, where it's warmer. They travel 50-65 km each day and they travel about 1, 125 km.
Some fish migrate to breed (繁殖). Salmon (鲑鱼) can swim over 20, 000 km in their life. They are born in rivers in Ireland, Scotland and other places in northern Europe. The young fish swim down the river to the sea and into the Atlantic Ocean. They live in the ocean until they are adults. Then they return to the river where they were born. They lay their eggs in the river and then they usually die. Salmon do this, because their eggs are safer in the river. Other fish can't eat them.
Arctic terns (北极燕鸥) travel the furthest when they migrate. They spend the summer in the Arctic, but when winter comes they fly to the Antarctic, because it's summer there. The next year they fly back to the Arctic again. In one year these small birds travel 36, 000km from one end of the earth to the other and back again. Nobody knows how they do it.
23. According to the passage, monarch butterflies in North America migrate to___________.
A. find insects B. look for water C. find better weather D. produce young
24. Adult salmon swim back to the river because A. they won't be eaten by other big fish B. they want to lay eggs in a safer place C. they are getting ready to die there
D. they want to go where they grew up
25. Which of the following is true about animals' migration?
A. Elephants in Africa usually travel the same way each year.
B. Most birds fly to southern Europe and Africa in summer.
C. Some insects travel 1, 125 km each day.
D. Salmon swim 20, 000 km each year.
26. The example of Arctic terns in the last paragraph is used mainly to show _________.
A. the distance of migration B. the purpose of migration
C. the direction of migration D. the time of migration

C篇:
文章大意：本文是一篇说明文，主要讲述了很多动物为了食物、天气、生产等原因而迁徙。
1. 细节理解题。根据第三段第二句 In North America, millions of monarch butterflies fly south to spend the winter in Mexico, California and Florida, where it's warmer.可知，他们是为了到比较暖的地方过冬。故答案选C。
2. 细节理解题。根据第四段最后倒数第二句Salmon do this, because their eggs are safer in the river.可知，成年金圭鱼回到出生地产卵是因为河水里更安全。故答案选 B
3. 细节理解题。根据第二段 In Africa, large animals, like elephants and zebras, migrate to find food and water. They usually follow the same ways every year. 可知，A项表述正确。故答案选A。
4. 段落大意题。根据最后一段第一句 Arctic terns travel the furthest when they migrate. 以及第四句 In one year these small birds travel 36, 000km from one end of the earth to the other and back again可知，本段主要讲了北极燕鸥的迁徙距离。故答案为A。

D
How would you feel if someone decided to take away your park? Well that's what's happening in my community. There's a park that some people want to turn into a golf course (高尔夫球场). Let me tell you why I think it's a bad idea.
First, a park is meant to be for the whole community. Not everyone likes golf, so not everyone will get to use the park. This isn't fair. A community park should have open spaces for everyone to use.
Second, to make way for the golf course, lots of playground equipment (设施) will have to be moved or knocked down, which is a waste of time and money. It's also a waste of perfectly good equipment. The swings, for example, will probably just end up as litter.
Third, what about giving young people something to do? Not all kids are crazy about golf. At the moment, the park has a skating place and a playground. These attract lots of kids from the community. If you turn the park into a golf course, these kids won't have anywhere to go and they won't have anything to do.
This means that they will stay at home and turn on a video game rather than get some exercise. It also means that they might be out on the street causing trouble. Wouldn't it be better to give them something to do at the park?
Finally, golf is expensive. Building a golf course and maintaining (维护)it costs a lot of money. Who is going to pay to maintain the golf course? What about those people who can't afford to join a golf club? That means that the golf course will only be available to people with lots of money.
Turning our park into a golf course is a bad idea. I suggest we have a community meeting before plans go any further.
27. Some people want to change the park into ______________.
A. a golf club B. a golf course C. a park D. a skating place
28. According to Paragraph 4, having nowhere to go will make some children
A. go to get some exercise B. fall in love with golf
C. play video games at home D. go to the street and make friends
29. Which of the following shows the structure of the passage?
(P=Paragraph)

30. What is the writer's purpose in writing this passage?
A. To help carry out further plans.
B. To make the park more beautiful.
C. To encourage children to go skating.
D. To stop the golf course from being built.

D篇：
文章大意：本文从4个方面论述了把社区公园变成高尔夫球场的弊端，想要由此来阻止高尔 夫球场的建设。
1.事实细节题。根据文章第一段第三句话 There's a park that some people want to turn course into a golf有人想把一个公园转变成为一个高尔夫球场，故选B。
2.事实细节题。根据文章第四段倒数第三句话 This means that they will stay at home and turn on a video game rather than get some exercise这就意味着他们将会待在家里打开电子游戏而不是去锻炼，故选C
3.文章结构题。根据文章第一段最后一句话let me tell you.. . a bad idea让我该诉 你为什么这是一个坏主意，接着文章二、三、四、五段分别用first首先；second第 二；third第三;finally最后。分别列举理由；最后后一段第一句话Turning our park into a golf course is a bad idea可以知道是总结不愿意把公园改成高尔夫球场， 属于总-分-总。故选D
4.写作目的题。文章主要从四个方面讲解了把社区公园变成高尔夫球场的弊端，从而阻止 高尔夫球场的。故选D。

二、 湖州
A
Top Global Cities
What makes a city great? To answer this question, the creators of The Global Cities Index(全球城市指数) look at the following areas:
The Global Cities Index
Business
People
Media (information)
Entertainment (museums, sports, music...)
Politics(政治)

The 2018 Global Cities Index
The Global Cities Index is a list of the world’s most powerful and important cities. Here are the top 10 cities on the 2018 index. Some top cities are strong in five areas.
2018 rank City Scoring breakdown
1. New York
2. London
3. Paris
4. Tokyo
5. Hong Kong
6. Los Angeles
7. Singapore
8. Chicago
9. Beijing
10. Brussels

Future Leaders
Which cities will become more powerful in the future? Creators of the Global Cities Index predict the most growth in the following places:
• Asia: Beijing and Shanghai are both business centers and will continue to grow. In a few years, they will be as powerful as New York. Some Indian cities have a lot of business potential(潜力), too.
• South America: Some cities in Brazil and Colombia will become more powerful. In these cities, life for many people is improving.
• The Middle East: Istanbul in Turkey, Cairo in Egypt, etc. will hold more power in international politics and business—especially in helping East and West work together.
In 10 years, the top cities on the index may be different, but one thing is certain: tomorrow’s global cities will be more powerful than ever.

16. Which is the most powerful city in 2018 from the Global Cities Index?
A. Beijing. B. New York. C. London. D. Paris.
17. According to the reading, which part of the world will grow most in the area of politics?
A. Asia. B. South America. C. The Middle East. D. Europe.
18. The writer most probably agrees that ________.
A. a top global city needs to be strong in several areas
B. Brazil will be the world’s fastest-growing country in 10 years
C. tomorrow’s global cities will probably be less powerful than today’s
D. the Global Cities Index will probably list the same top cities 10 years from now
【答案】16. B 17. C 18. A
【解析】
本文罗列了2018年世界顶级城市排名前十的城市，同时列出了未来有发展潜力的城市和地区。
【16题详解】
细节理解题。根据文中“2018 rank City”可知，纽约在全球城市指数中排名第一，所以纽约是2018年最强大的城市。故选B。
【17题详解】
细节理解题。根据文中“• The Middle East: Istanbul in Turkey, Cairo in Egypt, etc. will hold more power in international politics and business—especially in helping East and West work together.”可知，中东地区在政治领域将会发展得最快。故选C。
【18题详解】
观点态度题。根据文中“What makes a city great? To answer this question, the creators of The Global Cities Index(全球城市指数) look at the following areas:”可知，作者认为，一个世界级的城市需要在几个方面都很强大，分别是：商业，人民，信息，娱乐和政治。故选A。

B
Dear Sir/Madam,
①It is now common to go online in the home, yet a recent survey showed that ninety-five percent of parents do not know what websites their children visit. I strongly believe that a training project should be started to help parents to improve their Internet and computer skills so that they can better monitor and guide their children.
②One advantage of providing training is that it would get parents to pay more attention to their children's online activities. If they had a better understanding of the Internet, they would see the need to make sure that their children use it properly and responsibly.
③Another argument for providing training to parents is that it would allow parents to help their children with their schoolwork. These days, a lot of homework needs to be done on computers. If parents have poor computer skills, they will be of little or no help with homework, which can make them upset. Some people argue that it is good that students can work independently on computers. However, it is clear that students, especially young students, often need this kind of home support.
④Improving parents' Internet and computer skills might also be a good way or parents to improve their relationships with their children. These days, children spend a lot of their free time on computers. If parents want to be part of that free time, they need to see that playing on computers can be a fun family activity. Joining their children can help parents bridge the generation gap(代沟) between them and their children.
⑤I strongly believe that children need to be helped and guided to use the Internet in a proper and responsible way, and so training is extremely important.
Yours faithfully.
Pat Chan
19. In the letter, the writer ________.
A. thinks parents should improve their Internet and computer skills
B. advises children not to spend a lot of their free time on computers
C. tries to make children less worried about their online schoolwork
D. explains why parents should pay more attention to their children
20. Which of the following best shows the structure of the passage?
A. B.
C. D.
21. The letter is probably from the part of ________ in a newspaper.
A. culture B. sports C. health D. education

【答案】19. A 20. C 21. D
【解析】
本文主要叙述开始一个培训项目来帮助父母提高他们的网络和电脑技能的好处和原因。
【19题详解】
细节理解题。根据第一段中“I strongly believe that a training project should be started to help parents to improve their Internet and computer skills so that they can better monitor and guide their children.”可知，作者坚信应该开始一个培训项目来帮助父母提高他们的网络和电脑技能，这样他们就可以更好地监督和指导他们的孩子。故选A。
【20题详解】
篇章结构题。分析文章内容可知，第一段总述作者认为应该开始一个培训项目来帮助父母提高他们的网络和电脑技能；第二、三、四段分别说明这样做的原因和好处；第五段总结培训的重要性。故选C。
【21题详解】
推理判断题。A：文化；B：运动；C：健康；D：教育。分析文章内容可知，本文主要叙述开始一个培训项目来帮助父母提高他们的网络和电脑技能的好处和原因。内容与教育孩子相关。故选D。

C
Stephen Hawking, one of the world's most famous scientists, believed that humans will one day have to move into space, "Once we step into space, our future should be safe," he said.
Today, many countries are all planning to send astronauts to Earth's closest neighbor: the moon. Some of these countries want to create space stations there within the next 10 years. These stations will prepare humans to visit and later live on Mars or other earthlike planets.
__①__ Robert Zubrin, a rocket scientist, thinks humans should colonize(殖民) space. He wants to start with Mars. Why? He thinks sending people to Mars will allow us to learn a lot of things—for example, the ability of humans to live in a very different environment. Besides, any progress we make in the fields of science, technology, medicine. and health will do good to people here on Earth.
__②__ Elon Musk, the CEO of Space X also believes we should colonize Mars. His long-term goal is to put one million people there if something bad happens to us here on Earth.
__③__ Many people say it's too expensive. Also, most space trips are not short. A one-way trip to Mars, for example, would take at least six months. People traveling this kind of distance could face many health problems. Besides, these first people would find life especially difficult in space. On the moon's surface, for example, the sun's rays are very dangerous. People would have to stay indoors most of the time.
__④__ No matter what different concerns there are, sending people into space seems certain. In the future, we might see cities on the moon or even new human cultures on other planets. First stop: the moon.
22. According to the passage, why are some countries planning to build space stations?
A. To develop space travel. B. To learn more about the moon's surface.
C. To prepare humans to live on other planets. D. To cut down the number of people living on Earth.
23. Which is the best place for the sentence "Not everyone thinks sending humans into space is a smart idea. "?
A. ① B. ② C. ③ D. ④
24. What is the purpose of this passage?
A. To give reasons for and against colonizing space.
B. To describe what life would be like on the moon.
C. To compare the environments of Mars and the moon.
D. To introduce progress in space science and technology.

【答案】22. C 23. C 24. A
【解析】
现在很多国家都计划把宇航员送入月球，希望在那里建立空间站，为以后移民火星或其他星球做准备。对此不同科学家有不同的观点。
【22题详解】
细节理解题。根据短文第二段“Some of these countries want to create space stations there within the next 10 years. These stations will prepare humans to visit and later live on Mars or other earthlike planets.”可知，一些国家希望在月球建立空间站，为以后人类访问火星或其他行星做好准备。故选C。
【23题详解】
推理判断题。题干意为“‘不是每个人都认为把人类送入太空是一个明智的想法’这个句子最好放在哪里”。根据句意可知，这是反对人类访问太空这一做法的，短文第五段“Many people say it's too expensive. People traveling this kind of distance could face many health problems. Besides, these first people would find life especially difficult in space.”很多人觉得这样做很贵、可能有健康问题以及太空生活可能很困难等，都是反对的观点，故选C。
【24题详解】
主旨大意题。根据文意可知，短文第一、二段先陈述了很多国家都想访问太空这一事实，第三、四、五三段列举了不同科学家对此的观点，最后一段是总结。A选项“给出支持和反对太空移民的理由”符合文意，故选A。

D
It's a school holiday today. It's warm and the sun is shining. It's the perfect day for an outing. Zack, Vera, Kelly and Tim are discussing what they are going to do. Let's listen and see what happens...
Zack: Hey you guys, it would be a shame to stay inside on a day like this. How about taking the bus to Stanley and going to the beach?
Tim: [excitedly] That sounds great.
Kelly: I'm in! But can we go to the mall first so I can get some suntan oil?
Zack: [hesitantly(犹豫地)] Well, Kelly, I suppose we've got time...
Vera: And we can stop off in Tsim Sha Tsui and get something to eat first. I'm sorry, but I don't think I'll be able to get anything good once we get there.
Zack: I don't know, Vera —it's already eleven o'clock..
Tim: Actually, why don't we have a look at Stanley, Market before we go to the beach? The bus stops right in front of the market. I want to look for some casual shirts and trousers.
Kelly: Oh, yes, Tim, let's do that. Maybe they have some trendy swim suits, and some jewellery...
Zack: [to himself] This is really awful! [to the others] Look, I don't want to go to a restaurant or go shopping—I just want to go to the beach on a nice day. You all said you'd go with me, but if you don't want to, you don't have to. See you later.
[sound of a door opening and closing ]
Vera: Somebody's not glad!
Tim: Well, it was his idea to go out, after all.
Kelly: Oh, dear, poor Zack. I'm going to call him.
[on the telephone] Hi, Zack? Look, just wait at the bus stop for me. I'm coming now. I won't go to the mall.
Tim: Tell him I'm coming too. We don't need to stop at the market.
Vera:[sighs(吸气)] Oh, all right. I can risk having lunch at the beach, I guess.
Kelly:[on the telephone] Zack? We're all coming now. We should all enjoy this great day together.
[to the rest] OK let's go. We shouldn't keep Zack waiting.
Tim:[hurriedly] OK, come on, everybody...[fade]
25. What does "I'm in!" in line 7 mean?
A. I'll come too. B. I'm on the bus.
C. I'm at home now. D. I've made a decision.
26. In lines 9 and 10, Vera thinks that ________.
A. it's more fun to have lunch in Tsim Sha Tsui
B. the food at Stanley Beach isn't very good
C. the others will be angry because of her suggestion
D. she will be hungry by the time they get to the beach
27. In line 22, who does "somebody" refer to?
A. Kelly. B. Tim. C. Vera. D. Zack
28. Which of the following might be the best title for the play?
A. How to Make Decisions B. Let's Plan a Trip!
C. Stop for a While D. Keep It Simple!

【答案】25. A 26. B 27. D 28. D
【解析】
文章大意：今天学校放假。天气暖和，阳光灿烂，是郊游的好天气。Zack, Vera, Kelly和Tim他们打算去斯坦利海滩游玩，本文是他们正在讨论的对话内容。
【25题详解】
词句猜测题。根据下文But can we go to the mall first so I can get some suntan oil? 但是我们能不能先去购物中心，我去买些防晒油?可知Kelly是同意Zack的提议，想“参加”去海滩的旅行，因此“I'm in!”应是“参加”的意思，故答案选Ａ。
【26题详解】
推理判断题。根据第九和第十行Vera说的话：And we can stop off in Tsim Sha Tsui and get something to eat first. I'm sorry, but I don't think I'll be able to get anything good once we get there. Vera认为在去沙滩之前先吃点东西，因为到那里就买不到什么好东西了。由此可以推知Vera认为斯坦利海滩的食物不太好，故答案选Ｂ。
【27题详解】
词义猜测题。根据上文Zack所说的话[to himself] This is really awful! [to the others] Look, I don't want to go to a restaurant or go shopping—I just want to go to the beach on a nice day. You all said you'd go with me, but if you don't want to, you don't have to. See you later. (自言自语)这太可怕了!(对其他人)看，我不想去餐馆或购物，我只想在天气好的时候去海滩。你们都说要和我一起去，但如果你们不想去，就不必去。再见。[sound of a door opening and closing ] 开门和关门的声音。结合本句Vera: Somebody's not glad! Vera说“某人不高兴了!”由此可知这里的“somebody”指的是Zack，故答案选Ｄ。
【28题详解】
标题归纳题。通读全文可知，本文主要讲述了Zack, Vera, Kelly和Tim他们打算去斯坦利海滩游玩，一开始他们有的人想去先买一些防晒油，有的人想在去海滩之前先吃一些东西，有的人想买一些休闲的衬衫和裤子……，但最终因Zack他们都改变了自己的主意，决定一切从简，去斯坦利海滩享受这个美好的日子。结合选项A. How to Make Decisions如何做决定；B. Let's Plan a Trip! 让我们计划一次旅行吧!C. Stop for a While停一停；D. Keep It Simple! 保持简单!可知Ｄ选项可以概括全文，故答案选Ｄ。

三、 嘉兴、舟山
A


FUTURE VIEW




It will be great if there is some kind of fuel(燃料）we can use in cars that won’t produce any pollution. I guess there are scientists right now trying to do that, and I hope they’ll succeed because the world would be a much cleaner place, wouldn’t it?
Charlie
I think it will be great if they invent something so that we only have to sleep for one or two hours every day. Then we’d all have much more time to do things and to enjoy ourselves. Life would be better, I think, and everyone would do a lot more with their lives.
Miguel

If I could choose anything, I’d go for a time machine so that I could go back and do some things differently. Of course, It will be great if there that’s impossible— but wouldn't it be great if it was possible? I wish I could go back in time to when I was a kid and say some of the things in a different way!
Hannah

Well of course, the best thing is medicine for rally bad diseases（疾病）.A lot of scientists are working very hard to stop diseases like Ebola, a terrible disease that has killed many thousand people in Africa. So if they found a special treatment for Ebola, or a way of completely preventing it, life would be easier in so many places.
Isabella

I wish there was a machine that did homework! Wouldn’t tat be fantastic? But I guess teachers wouldn’t be very happy.
Georgina


21. Why does Hannah want to go back in time?
A. To be young again. B. To live a better life.
C. To do something for Africans. D. To say some words differently.
22. Who might be worried about the pollution of the world?
A. Miguel. B. Isabella. C. Charlie. D. Georgina.
23. In which part of a newspaper may this passage appear?
A. Health. B. Science. C. Travel. D. Education.

【答案】21. D 22. C 23. B
【解析】
本文介绍了五个人对未来的希望，他们的希望都与科技有关。
【21题详解】
细节理解题。根据文中“I wish I could go back in time to when I was a kid and say some of the things in a different way!”可知，汉娜之所以想回到过去，是因为她想以不同的方式说话。故选D。
【22题详解】
推理判断题。根据文中“It will be great if there is some kind of fuel(燃料）we can use in cars that won’t produce any pollution.”可知，如果有一种不会产生任何污染的汽车燃料，那就太好了，由此可以看出查理对环境污染感到担忧。故选C。
【23题详解】
推理判断题。根据文中“I think it will be great if they invent something so that we only have to sleep for one or two hours every day.”、“If I could choose anything, I’d go for a time machine so that I could go back and do some things differently.”、“A lot of scientists are working very hard to stop diseases like Ebola, a terrible disease that has killed many thousand people in Africa.”、“It will be great if there is some kind of fuel(燃料）we can use in cars that won’t produce any pollution.”、“I wish there was a machine that did homework!”可知，文中内容主要涉及发明、时间机器、科学家正努力阻止疾病和新型无污染燃料，这些都与科技有关，所以该文章会在报纸的科技部分出现。故选B。

B
Is there a connection between music and language? According to recent studies, the answer is yes: Music helps develop certain language abilities in the brain.
A study from Northwestern University shows that playing a musical instrument can improve a person's hearing ability. As a part of the study, two groups of people listened to a person talking in a noisy room. The people in the first group were musicians, while those in the second group had no musical training. The musicians were found to be able to hear the talking person more clearly.
Musicians hear better, says study leader Nina Kraus, because they learn to pay attention to certain sounds. For example, when the violinists play in an orchestra（管弦乐队）, they must listen closely to what they are playing and ignore(忽视)the other sounds. In this way, musicians can hear certain sounds better, even in a room with lots of noise.
Gotfried Schlaug, a doctor at Harvard Medical School, works with stroke(中风)patients.
Because of their illness, these people cannot say their names, addresses, or other information normally However, they can till sing. Dr. Schlaug was surprised to find singing words helped his patients finally speak. Why does this work? Schlaug isn't sure. Music seems to be able to make different parts of the brain active, including the bad parts. In some way, this helps patients use those parts of the brain again.
So music is not only enjoyable, but also good for us in many other ways. Playing an instrument or singing, says Nina Kraus, can help us do better in school and keep our brain sharp as we get older.
24. What were the people in the first group asked to do in the study of Northwestern University?
A. Listen to different kinds of music. B. Make some noise in an empty room.
C. Give the second group musical training. D. Find out what the talking person was saying.
25. The writer uses the example of violinists in Paragraph 3 to explain________.
A. how musicians play in an orchestra B. how musicians ignore certain sounds
C. why musicians have better hearing ability D. why musicians are not afraid of loud noise
26. Gottfried Schlaug helps his stroke patients speak by________.
A. playing music for them B. getting them to sing words
C. teaching them to play instruments D. joining the bad parts of their brain
27. What is the main purpose of the passage?
A. To introduce different ways of playing music.
B. To give some advice about making our brain active.
C. To show the relationship between music and language abilities.
D. To share the results of recent studies on treating stroke patients.

【答案】24. D 25. C 26. B 27. C
【解析】
本文谈论的是音乐和语言之间的联系。结果表明，演奏乐器可以提高一个人的听力能力，甚至能帮助一个生病的人变得更好。
【24题详解】
细节理解题。根据第二段“The people in the first group were musicians, while those in the second group had no musical training. The musicians were found to be able to hear the talking person more clearly. 第一组是音乐家，而第二组没有受过音乐训练。音乐家们被发现能更清楚地听到说话的人。”，可知第一组的人被要求找出谈话的人在说什么，故选D。
【25题详解】
细节理解题。根据第三段“For example…In this way, musicians can hear certain sounds better, even in a room with lots of noise. 例如，当小提琴手在管弦乐队中演奏时，他们必须仔细倾听他们正在演奏的东西，而忽略其他声音。这样，音乐家可以更好地听到某些声音，即使是在一个有很多噪音的房间里。”，可知作者用小提琴手的例子来解释为什么音乐家有更好的听力，故选C。
【26题详解】
细节理解题。根据倒数第二段“Dr. Schlaug was surprised to find singing words helped his patients finally speak.”，可知Gottfried Schlaug通过让中风患者唱歌来帮助他们说话，故选B。
【27题详解】
细节理解题。根据第一段“According to recent studies, the answer is yes: Music helps develop certain language abilities in the brain. 根据最近的研究，答案是肯定的：音乐有助于培养大脑的某些语言能力。”，可知这篇文章的主要目的是说明音乐与语言能力的关系，故选C。

C

It's late evening in the middle of the winter. The snow is deep, but off I go into the wild.
Suddenly I hear it: the howl（嚎叫)of wolves. Excitedly, I walk faster in the direction of the howling.
I've been working as a volunteer wolf tracker in Yellowstone National Park for over a year It's my job to follow wolves to record information about them. Like wolves, however, I don't work alone. I'm one of a team of people who have been in a project to help reintroduce wolves to the park.
Humans have always feared wolves. From fairy tales to movies, the wolf is always the bad guy —a danger to humans and other animals. In the 1920s, the organizers of the park shared this view about wolves and made the decision to drive them away from the park. As a result, the number of elk （麋鹿）in the park increased. The elk started looking for food near river banks since they didn't have to worry about wolves. This, in turn, stopped trees from growing along the rivers, doing great harm to the environment there.
The return of wolves has already made a big difference. To begin with, the elk soon learned to stay away from the rivers, so new trees have been able to grow there. The trees become home to new wildlife, such as birds, and provide food for more animals.
The park is now becoming more and more popular with those who want to see wolves in their natural environment. It has also helped the local people make more money. Tourists visit the area, stay in the local hotels, and eat in the local restaurants.
Looking at the wild animals and the beautiful sceneries around me, I am amazed at the changes the wolf has made to Yellowstone. And happily, it is playing a good guy in this story.
28. According to the passage, one of a wolf tracker’s jobs is to________.
A. catch wolves in the park B. feed wolves in the wild
C. stop wolves from killing elk D. collect information about wolves
29. Why did the organizers drive the wolves away from the park in the 1920s?
A. The wolves were always howling at night.
B. The elk in the park were in danger of dying out.
C. The wolves had done great harm to the environment.
D. The park was thought to be unsafe with wolves around.
30. Paragraphs 4 and 5 are mainly about the _______ that wolves have brought to Yellowstone.
A. risks B. troubles C. changes D. competitions
31. What does the writer mean by the underlined sentence in the last paragraph?
A. Wolves are important to Yellowstone. B. Yellowstone has been home to wolves.
C. The wolf and the elk live in peace now. D. The number of wolves is growing fast.

【答案】28. D 29. D 30. C 31. A
【解析】
狼在人们的印象中是坏的、危险的，但是在黄石公园，它们扮演了一次好的角色。
【28题详解】
细节理解题。根据第三段中“It's my job to follow wolves to record information about them.”可知，工作之一就是跟踪狼群记录它们的信息。故选D。
【29题详解】
细节理解题。根据第四段中“From fairy tales to movies, the wolf is always the bad guy —a danger to humans and other animals. In the 1920s, the organizers of the park shared this view about wolves and made the decision to drive them away from the park.”可知，在20世纪20年代，组织者把狼赶出公园是因为它们被认为在公园是危险的。故选D。
【30题详解】
段落大意题。A：风险；B：问题；C：改变；D：比赛。分析第四、五两段内容可知，之前狼被认为是危险的，但是狼的回归已经造成了很大的不同，狼相对而言减少了麋鹿的数量，这样树木就可以生长，也能为其他动物提供食物，此处强调“变化、改变”。故选C。
【31题详解】
推理判断题。A：狼对黄石公园很重要。B：黄石公园一直是狼群的家园。C：狼和麋鹿现在和平相处。D：狼的数量正在快速增长。分析本段内容可知，之前狼一直被认为是坏的，但是这次它在这个故事中扮演了一个“好人”，作者想要强调狼对黄石公园造成的好的影响，对黄石公园的重要性。故选A。

D
Whenever I’m invited to somebody’s house for the first time, I’ll take a close look at their bookshelves. What they keep on their shelves, in my eyes, is a reflection(反映) of their personal tastes and interests. The books on a bookshelf tell the story of a life.
My own shelves are a kind of roadmap through my life, telling a chronological tale. First up come my favorite childhood reads, like Watership Down and His Dark Materials. The collection then moves on to teenage things I read in school — Nineteen Eighty-Four, The Handmaid’s Tale and A Clockwork Orange. Finally, we come out of full-time education and enter the real world, and this part is a reflection of my professional(职业的) life, from the first exciting days of work experience to the present.
If you pointed to any book on my shelves, I could name the year I got it, where I was working, and probably where I was living at the time.
__▲ It is an easy way to get to know about his hopes, dreams and interests. And a big part of that story is how we arrange(排列) our books, and get on with them. It’s such a personal thing, different from each other. Some want to be with their books in every room, others have them on shelves, behind glass or simply lining their floors. Each home has a story to tell through the way they live with their books.
It’s often said that what we read says something about who we are. The way we fill our bookshelves might also send a message about ourselves. From the pile of books on your bedside table to your well-organized shelves, whether we notice it or not, our book collections are telling a story before a single page has been turned.
32. The books on the writer’s own shelves are organized according to _________.
A. their prices B. their writers
C. his personal interests D. the periods of his life
33. Which of the following is the best sentence to fill in the blank in Paragraph 4?
A. Every book is worth reading. B. Each bookshelf holds a special dream.
C. Book collections tell so much about a person. D. The books a person reads depend on his choices.
34. The writer seems to agree that ____________.
A. we’d better not put our books on the floor
B. the way we arrange our books shows our tastes
C. the books at our bedside are usually more important
D. we can know about a person by reading the message he sends
35. It can be learned from the passage that the writer is probably__________.
A. a book lover B. a story teller C. a shelf collector D. a fashion designer

【答案】32. D 33. C 34. B 35. A
【解析】
本文是一篇议论文，作者提出了从一个人的书来了解一个人的观点。
【32题详解】
题意：作者自己书架上的书的排列方式都是按照_______。
细节理解题。根据原文My own shelves are a kind of roadmap through my life, telling a chronological tale可知，我自己的书架就像是我人生的路线图，讲述着一个按时间顺序排列的故事。D选项the periods of his life“他人生的各个时期”符合题意，故选D。
【33题详解】
题意：下列哪一项是填入第4段空白处的最佳句子？
推理判断题。根据原文It is an easy way to get to know about his hopes, dreams and interests可知，这是了解一个人的希望、梦想和兴趣的简单方法，故空格处所填句子应该与通过书的收集方式可以观察一个人有关。C选项Book collections tell so much about a person“书籍的收集方式告诉我们很多关于一个人的信息”符合题意，故选C。
【34题详解】
题意：作者似乎同意_______。
观点态度题。根据原文Book collections tell so much about a person. It is an easy way to get to know about his hopes, dreams and interests. And a big part of that story is how we arrange(排列) our books, and get on with them可知，作者同意这样一个观点，即“人们安放自己书籍的方式反映了个人品味”。B选项the way we arrange our books shows our tastes“我们整理书籍的方式显示了我们的品味”符合题意，故选B。
【35题详解】
题意：从这篇文章中可以看出，作者可能是_______。
推理判断题。根据原文My own shelves are a kind of roadmap through my life, telling a chronological tale和If you pointed to any book on my shelves, I could name the year I got it, where I was working, and probably where I was living at the time可知，作者很爱书，以至于他能记得购入每一本书的时间和当时自己生活的状态，可见书已经融入了作者的生活。A选项a book lover“爱读书的人”符合题意，故选A。


E(2020 · 嘉兴)

It was last January, when I’d just finished a charity(慈善) and was on the train back home, that I put down my phone and started writing thank-you notes to people who had helped.
When I got off the train, I felt amazingly good. The next day, I wrote more thank-yous and the same feeling of happiness hit me again. I suddenly had the idea: Why not keep on doing this for every day of the year?
To keep on task, I decided to pick out a different theme for each month. January was charity.
February would be neighbors, I decided. And I thought of a number of names right away: the owner of our local bookstore, who let me and my little son in before the store opened and offered to play his favorite songs; our babysitter, who dropped off a bag of old board games for our kids to play; …
While writing the notes, I realized how often I had spent my time on the phone moving from app to app, appreciating(欣赏) other people’s lives. Writing thank-you notes allowed me the time to do something different, paying more attention to my own life.
In the following months, I wrote to my friends, doctors, teachers and parenting role models. In July, my “food” month, I wrote to Julie, who used to cook at my favorite restaurant. It went like this:
Dear Julie,
I’ve been finding myself missing you lately. Thank you for hosting and cooking beautiful and thoughtful food. Jake and I will never forget when you sent out biscuits shaped into the number VI for our sixth anniversary (周年纪念日）. We talk about it every year.
Thank you. We miss you.
Love,
Gina
I was happy to receive a note back from her. Julie replied, “I don’t think I’ve ever received such a touching letter before. I’m going through a hard time right now, and this helps.”
On December 31, I wrote my last card — to Jake, my husband, and our two kids. And I took a picture of us, so I could remember the feeling welling up inside me. Gratitude.
36. The underlined word “this” in Paragraph 2 means ________.
A. writing thank-you notes B. putting the phone away
C taking the train back home D. raising money for charity
37. How did Julie most probably feel after reading the note from Gina?
A Shy and surprised. B. Pleased and relaxed.
C. Nervous and excited. D. Moved and encouraged.
38. The theme of the December notes might be “________”.
A. photos B. family C. holidays D. community
39. What did Gina get by doing her task according to the passage?
A. Many thanks from her neighbors. B. More time to appreciate her own life.
C. More help from people around her. D. Happy moments to be with her friends.
40. The best title for the passage can be ________.
A. My Thank You Year B. An Amazing Trip
C. Happiness inside Us D. Important People in Our Life

【答案】36. A 37. D 38. B 39. B 40. A
【解析】
本文是一篇记叙文，作者吉娜每个月都会定一个主题，然后给人写感谢信，在这个过程中，她收获了很多感动。
【36题详解】
题意：第2段的画线单词“this”意思是________。
词句猜测题。根据原文The next day, I wrote more thank-yous and the same feeling of happiness hit me again. I suddenly had the idea: Why not keep on doing this for every day of the year可知，此处指示代词this指的是上文提到的wrote more thank-yous，即写感谢信。A选项writing thank-you notes“写感谢信”符合题意，故选A。
【37题详解】
题意：朱莉读了吉娜的信后，她的感觉会是什么？
推理判断题。根据原文I don’t think I’ve ever received such a touching letter before. I’m going through a hard time right now, and this helps可知，朱莉读了吉娜的信后，因为此时此刻朱莉正在经历困难，所以会感到很感动和受鼓舞。D选项Moved and encouraged“感动和受鼓舞”符合题意，故选D。
【38题详解】
题意：12月感谢信的主题可能是________。
推理判断题。根据原文On December 31, I wrote my last card — to Jake, my husband, and our two kids. And I took a picture of us, so I could remember the feeling welling up inside me. Gratitude可知我给丈夫和两个孩子写了感谢信，12月感谢信的主题可能是“家庭”。B选项family“家庭”符合题意，故选B。
【39题详解】
题意：根据本文内容，通过完成任务，吉娜得到了什么？
细节理解题。根据原文Writing thank-you notes allowed me the time to do something different, paying more attention to my own life可知，写感谢信让吉娜有时间做一些不同的事情，更加关注自己的生活。B选项More time to appreciate her own life“更多的时间去欣赏自己的生活”符合题意，故选B。
【40题详解】
题意：本文的最佳标题是________。
最佳标题。通读全文可知，本文是一篇记叙文，作者吉娜每个月都会定一个主题，然后给人写感谢信，在这个过程中，她收获了很多感动。A选项My Thank You Year“我的‘感谢’年”符合题意，故选A。

四、 金华
A
Basketball, running and swimming are popular events(项目）at the Olympics. But there are also some events that are not as popular. Some are even very strange. Let's see if you have any knowledge about the following events.

Tug-of-war
This event started in 1900 and left the Olympics in 1920. The team wins if they pull the rope past a certain point first. Interestingly, more than one team from a country can enter in this event. This makes it possible for one country to win several medals.

Rope climbing
It first appeared as an Olympic sport in 1896. The climber who spends the shortest time reaching the top is the winner. The rope used to be 15 meters long. Years later, it was shortened to 8 meters for some reason. After 1932, there was no rope climbing in the Olympics.

Race walking
In race walking, walkers have to win the race by walking. To make sure that they do not run, race walkers must have one foot on the ground at all times. Race walking has been an Olympic sport since 1904. Men enter in 20 kilometer and 50 kilometer races; women only race 20 kilometers.

16. Which of the following events left the Olympics in 1920?
A. Rope climbing. B. Basketball.
C. Tug-of-war D. Race walking.
17. The rope in rope climbing was _____________metres long in 1896.
A. 8 B. 15 C. 20 D. 50
18. Which of the following is TRUE according to the passage?
A. One country can only enter one team in tug-of-war.
B. Rope climbing first appeared in the 1932 Olympics.
C. Women in race walking can enter in the 50 kilometer race.
D. Race walking is still an event at the Olympic Games today.

【答案】16. C 17. B 18. D
【解析】
本文主要向我们介绍了奥运会上几个没那么流行的运动项目。
【16题详解】
细节理解题。根据“Tug-of-war”下的“This event started in 1900 and left the Olympics in 1920”可知，拔河这个项目于1920年退出奥运会。故选C。
【17题详解】
细节理解题。根据“Rope climbing”下的“It first appeared as an Olympic sport in 1896…The rope used to be 15 meters long.”可知，1896年爬绳项目的绳长15米。故选B。
【18题详解】
推理判断题。A：一个国家只能派出一支队伍参加拔河比赛。根据“Interestingly, more than one team from a country can enter in this event.”可知，一个国家不止一支队伍可以参加拔河比赛，该项表述错误；B：爬绳运动首次出现在1932年的奥运会上。根据“It first appeared as an Olympic sport in 1896.”可知，爬绳运动首次出现在1896年的奥运会上，该项表述错误；C：参加竞走的女性可以参加50公里的竞走。根据“women only race 20 kilometers.”可知，女性只能参加20公里的竞走，该项表述错误；D：今天，竞走仍然是奥运会的比赛项目。根据“Race walking has been an Olympic sport since 1904.”可知，自1904年起，竞走就成为了奥运会的一项运动，所以今天，竞走仍然是奥运会的比赛项目，该项表述正确。故选D。


B

Every night, just after the sun goes down. Ruth Medjber talks with her neighbours in Dublin, Ireland, and takes a picture of them at their windows.
These photos, in some way, show people's lives during the global pandemic (大流行病).
"I started out taking photos of just friends and family. In this way, I could connect with them during this special time when people have to stay at home," the photographer explained. "I live alone, so I was missing the days when we were free to communicate with friends. Every evening, on my way to seeing friends, I had a sense of purpose."
Now she's making new friends.
The photo project has taken off online, and she has opened it up to volunteers. But they must be the people who live within 5 kilometers of her home—the Irish government doesn't allow people to go farther out than that.
"I pick a street each night and try to take photos of volunteers," Ruth said. "I usually take about four photos before it is completely dark, but two if I'm talking a lot—which I love to do."
She said more and more neighbours are joining in her photo project and it has now got a name, Low at Home.
"I think people like knowing that they're not alone even if they have to stay at home, and they really try to pick out those who are similar to themselves in the photos," she said. "It's also a different view(视角) of the pandemic: the more human view. Instead of showing what the pandemic has taken from us, it shows that it has given us more chances to be with family and friends and spend time together."
"I think we'd love most to find something nice, even in the most serious situation as it is now," Ruth said.
19. Ruth started out taking the photos in order to____________.
A. raise some money B. connect with friends and family
C. make new friends D. join in a photo project of volunteers
20. According to the passage, Low at Home is the name of ____________.
A. a photo project B. the picture shown in this passage
C. a street in Dublin D. the special time when people stay home
21. According to what Ruth said in Paragraph 8, "the more human view" shows____________.
A. the beauty of streets in a city of Ireland
B. how people do things when staying at home
C. the moment of family and friends being together
D. what the global pandemic has taken from people
22. From the passage we can infer(推断）that Ruth is a _____________ person.
A careful B. shy C. hardworking D. loving

【答案】19. B 20. A 21. C 22. D
【解析】
本文主要讲述在大流行病期间人们选择拍照片的方式与亲人朋友保持联系，告诉我们即使在不好的境况下也要保持良好的心态，用好的角度去看待问题。
【19题详解】
细节理解题。根据第三段中“In this way, I could connect with them during this special time when people have to stay at home”可知，Ruth开始拍摄照片是为了与家人和朋友保持联系。故选B。
【20题详解】
细节理解题。根据第七段中“She said more and more neighbours are joining in her photo project and it has now got a name, Low at Home.”可知，Low at Home是这个项目的名字。故选A。
【21题详解】
推理判断题。分析第八段中“It's also a different view of the pandemic: the more human view. Instead of showing what the pandemic has taken from us, it shows that it has given us more chances to be with family and friends and spend time together.”可知，此处the more human view指的是从另一个角度看待这个事情，那就是它给了我们更多的机会与家人和朋友待在一起。故选C。
【22题详解】
推理判断题。A：细心的；B：害羞的；C：勤奋的；D：有爱的。根据文中对Ruth的描述可知，她每天晚上挑选一条街，给志愿者拍照，希望人们能在困境中找到好的东西，所以她是一个非常有爱的人。故选D。

C
My dear boys and girls, good morning. Today I'm going to talk to you, about my understanding of learning history.
Many of you may think it is a terrible thing to study history. You may often wonder why we students should study something that has nothing to do with our own lives. If you think that way, I should say you are far from the truth.
In fact, if we study history, we can learn quite a lot about personal stories and events (事件)of people just like us. The people who came before us helped build and develop the country we are living in. Their ideas often solved many of our problems and troubles. Studying the past helps us to understand what our ancestors'(祖先)lives were like. And it also helps us to see how their experiences have shaped our own life.
To be honest, ▲ . Some of what we study in history helps us understand the mistakes of the past. And these mistakes will help people not to do the same wrong things. People often learn from the past to have a better future.
Whether we like the subject of history or not, we must understand the importance of the events and the people who came before us. Our ancestors' decisions have influenced our own life. Similarly, the decisions of our own generation(一代人）will finally influence those who come after us. In this only way, the world is truly connected.
History is not just a study of the past. History is the study of people, places, and events that can influence the future.
Now do you still think studying history is a sad thing? Or do you have any doubt about learning history? If you have any question, just feel free to ask.
23. What kind of writing is the passage above?
A. A diary. B. A story. C. A speech. D. A letter.
24 Which of the following can be put in the ▲ in Paragraph 4?
A. the mistakes of the past won't help us.
B. I don't like the idea of learning history
C. it is not easy to learn the subject of history
D. not everything that happened in the past is good
25. According to Paragraph 5, the decisions of our generation will ______________.
A. show what is happening to us B. build and develop our country
C. influence the people in the future D. help understand the people in the past
26. The writer wrote the passage to ___________________.
A. introduce some important people in history
B. develop students' interest in learning history
C. explain different people's understanding of history
D. show the relationship between the past and the future

【答案】23. C 24. D 25. C 26. B
【解析】
本文主要是作者对于学习历史的理解，谈谈学习历史的好处并培养学生学习历史的兴趣。
【23题详解】
推理判断题。A：日记；B：故事；C：演讲；D：信。根据文中“My dear boys and girls, good morning. Today I'm going to talk to you, about my understanding of learning history.”和“If you have any question, just feel free to ask.”可知，本文主要是作者谈谈对学习历史的理解，结尾还说如果有问题尽管问，所以推测应该是演讲内容，故选C。
【24题详解】
推理判断题。根据后句“Some of what we study in history helps us understand the mistakes of the past.”可知，我们在历史中学习的一些东西帮助我们理解过去的错误。所以历史不总是正确的、好的，也有不好的、错误的东西。故选D。
【25题详解】
细节理解题。根据第五段中“Similarly, the decisions of our own generation(一代人）will finally influence those who come after us.”可知，我们这一代做的决定最终会影响我们的后人。故选C。
【26题详解】
推理判断题。A：介绍一些历史上重要的人物；B：培养学生学习历史的兴趣；C：解释不同的人对历史的理解；D：展示过去和未来的关系。分析文章内容可知，本文主要是作者对于学习历史的理解，谈谈学习历史的好处并培养学生学习历史的兴趣。故选B。

D

Very often, when we see young people sitting there, looking at the screen of a mobile phone and smiling, we may think nothing is wrong. But when we come to the question "how much time do they actually spend on media(传播媒介）daily?", the answer is surprising: young people spend about nine hours every day using media, and this only includes media used for enjoyment.
Today's young people seem to have become crazy multitaskers. They often use media when doing other activities. Some watch TV when doing homework, some text(发短信), and some others listen to music. But what do young people think of this? A research showed that two thirds of them believed watching TV or texting had no influence on their schoolwork. Half of them thought using social media made no difference. However, researches have given a different answer: "media multitaskers" did worse in tests.
Scientists did a research among more than 400 students. It shows that those who text a lot have more trouble sleeping and do worse in their study. In another research, students who didn't text during a lesson took down a lot more notes than those who were texting. A similar research also found that students who texted when doing schoolwork had lower overall(总体的）grades.
According to a research, if a kid uses social media a lot, especially at night, he or she will sleep worse and feel more nervous and depressed(消沉的). On the one hand, young people stay up late to check messages and information. They may also be woken up by messages they receive. On the other hand, even the light from a screen could influence their sleep. Some other researches also show that children who use media at night go to bed later, get fewer hours of sleep each week, and become sleepy more easily during the daytime.
27. The answer to the question in Paragraph l is surprising because young people ______.
A. spend about 9 hours on media for fun daily
B. often look at their mobile phones and smile
C. always sit there for a long time doing nothing
D. use different kinds of media to relax themselves
28. The underlined word "multitaskers" in Paragraph 2 refers to people who___________.
A. ask a lot of questions B. use different media for learning
C. have several mobile phones D. do several tasks at the same time
29. From the passage we can learn that a kid will probably ________ if he or she uses social media a lot at night.
A. become more worried B. get more excited
C. take fewer notes in class D. sleep much better
30. What is the passage mainly about?
A. Social media is very popular among young people.
B. Using media too much has a bad influence on young people.
C. The use of social media has both advantages and disadvantages.
D. Mobile phones are the main tools students use for school learning.

【答案】27. A 28. D 29. A 30. B
【解析】
本文介绍了目前存在的问题，社交媒体的过多使用会带来很多负面的影响。
【27题详解】
细节理解题。根据第一段中“the answer is surprising: young people spend about nine hours every day using media, and this only includes media used for enjoyment.”可知，问题的答案令人惊讶，因为年轻人每天花9个小时在媒体上娱乐。故选A。
【28题详解】
词句猜测题。A：问许多问题；B：为了学习使用不同的媒体；C：有几部手机；D：同时做不同的任务。分析“Today's young people seem to have become crazy multitaskers. They often use media when doing other activities.”可知，他们经常在做其他活动的时候使用媒体。所以他们是一心多用的人，此处强调“同时做不同的事”。故选D。
【29题详解】
细节理解题。根据最后一段中的“According to a research, if a kid uses social media a lot, especially at night, he or she will seep worse and feel more nervous and depressed(消沉的).”可知，如果一个孩子晚上经常使用社交媒体，那么孩子会睡得更糟，感觉更紧张和抑郁。结合选项，故选A。
【30题详解】
主旨大意题。A：社交媒体在年轻人中非常流行。B：过度使用媒体对年轻人有不良影响。C：社交媒体的使用有利有弊。D：手机是学生在学校学习的主要工具。分析本文内容可知，本文介绍了目前存在的问题，社交媒体的过多使用会带来很多负面的影响。结合选项，故选B。

五、 丽水（同金华）

六、 宁波
A
T-shirt (men's)
Short-sleeved shirt.
Washable.
Made of cotton.
Sizes: S (35/37) M (38/40) .
L (41/43) XL (44/46)
Order number:
England T-shirt KQ8149 dark blue
Scotland T-shirt KQ 8151 dark green
Wales T-shirt KQ8279 dark red
$10

Three-quarter length jacket (women's)
Made of fashionable leather (皮革)
Fully lined. Length 34 ins.
Do not hand clean.
Sizes: 10, 12, 14, 16, 18
Order number:
CQ 8200 dark blue
CQ 8201 dark brown
$100 (buy three get one free)
INSURE YOUR LEATHER JACKET
against being stolen and accidental damage
For details see Page 1143.

Swimsuit (women's)
Soft and comfortable.
Made of:
80% silk
20% nylon.
Sizes:10, 12, 14, 16
Order number:
GQ 9292 dark brown
GQ9963 dark blue
$15


21. What you have just read is a/an ______________.
A. ad for clothes B. movie review C. news report D. food order
22. From the passage above, we can know that ____________.
A. the swimsuit is made of silk and cotton
B. there are five sizes available for the T-shirts
C. the order number of the dark blue jacket is CQ 8200
D. both the T-shirt and the jacket can be washed by hand
23. How much do you need to pay if you get four jackets?
A. $200. B. $300. C. $400. D. $ 500.
【答案】21. A 22. C 23. B
【解析】
文章大意：本文是出售衣服的广告，每一则广告里都介绍了一种服装的具体信息，包括颜色、价格、尺码、注意事项等。
21题详解】
推理判断题。根据文章内容可知，本文是出售衣服的广告，每一则广告里面都介绍了一种服装的具体信息。所以我们读到的是一则关于服装甩卖的广告，故答案选A.
【22题详解】
细节理解题。根据Swimsuit (women's) 中的信息Made of: 80% silk，20% nylon. 可知泳衣是由丝绸和尼龙而制成的，所以A选项错误。根据T-shirt (men's)中的信息，Sizes: S (35/37) M (38/40) . L (41/43) , XL (44/46) ，可知T恤有四种尺码可供选择，所以B选项错误。根据Three-quarter length jacket (women's)中信息Order number:CQ 8200 dark blue，可知深蓝色夹克的订单号是CQ 8200，所以C选项正确。根据Three-quarter length jacket (women's)中的信息Do not hand clean.不要洗手，可知D选项错误。故答案选C。
【23题详解】
推理判断题。根据Three-quarter length jacket (women's)中的信息$100 (buy three get one free) ，可知夹克是一件$100，但是买三件就可以送一件，因此如果你买4件夹克，你需要付$300就可以了，故答案选B。

B


Monday, January 21st
I'm a virus (病毒) for the common cold. It has been a long time since I infected (感染) humans last time. Today I tried to infect a boy in a primary school all day.
His name is Sam. I waited on his desktop, and when he touched the desk I jumped on his finger. Unluckily, Sam didn't touch his eyes, mouth or nose. Then, right after class, he washed his hands. Now I'm full of soap and sitting in a sink!
Tuesday, January 22nd
This morning I jumped into the nose of Sam's best friend, Bill. Unluckily, the mucus (粘液) in his nose caught me. I thought it was over for me, when suddenly Bill sneezed while he was talking to Sam.
I knew that would send me right into Sam's face! However, Sam quickly gave Bill a tissue, and Bill sneezed into that instead! Infecting people is harder than I imagined.
Wednesday, January 23rd
I'm feeling very unhappy today. Some scientists caught my friend Harry and put him under a microscope. Harry is a flu virus and he's a dangerous little guy. Besides, Sam at all his vegetables today. He's exercising, and he's getting eight hours of sleep every night. His body is too strong for me!
Thursday, January 24th
I tried to infect Sam again today, but he washed his hands five times and never touched his face! He also gave tissues to every student in his class who was sneezing. It's impossible to give him a cold! So I have to give up and I'm moving to another school.
24. According to the passage, life of the virus for the common cold could be ________.
A. easy B. lucky C. dangerous D. difficult
25. The underlined word "his" in the passage refers to_________.
A. Sam's B. Bill's C. Harry's D. Bill's friend's
26. The writer is trying to tell us that ________________.
A. viruses feel happy, sad and angry just as people do
B. we should be friendly when other people around you are sick
C. it's important to protect your own body against viruses
D. many viruses around us like to infect boys in primary schools
27. The best title for the passage above might be "____________________".
A. Danger of a Virus B. Habit of a Virus C. Diary of a Virus D. Letter of a Virus

【答案】24. D 25. B 26. C 27. C
【解析】
本文是病毒以日记的方式，讲述它想感染人类，但是它的目标——萨姆一直都很注意卫生，所以这个病毒的计划失败了，转移到另一个学校寻找下一个目标。
【24题详解】
推理判断题。根据Infecting people is harder than I imagined及It's impossible to give him a cold! So I have to give up and I'm moving to another school，可知，传染给人类比想象中要更难，最后，病毒不能传染萨姆感冒，所以不得不放弃，移到另一个学校。由此可知，普通感冒病毒的生存可能会很困难。故选D。
【25题详解】
词句猜测题。根据This morning I jumped into the nose of Sam's best friend, Bill，可知，病毒又跳进了萨姆最好朋友比尔的鼻子里，所以his指代Bill’s。故选B。
【26题详解】
推理判断题。Today I tried to infect a boy in a primary school all day；Unluckily, Sam didn't touch his eyes, mouth or nose；However, Sam quickly gave Bill a tissue, and Bill sneezed into that instead；He's exercising, and he's getting eight hours of sleep every night. His body is too strong for me及I tried to infect Sam again today, but he washed his hands five times and never touched his face，由此可知，病毒试图感染给萨姆，但是萨姆一直注意自己的卫生，不用手触摸眼睛，嘴巴或鼻子，别人打喷嚏时，萨姆及时递给对方纸巾，并且萨姆每天坚持锻炼，勤洗手，所以最后病毒没有感染萨姆。作者通过这个想告诉我们，注意个人卫生，保护自己的身体免受病毒侵害。故选C。
【27题详解】
最佳标题。根据每段的标题Monday, January 21st；Tuesday, January 22nd；Wednesday, January 23rd；Thursday, January 24th，可知，本文是病毒以日记的方式记录了，从它最初想感染一个小学生到最后失败转移到另一个学校的过程，所以最适合本文的标题是“病毒的日记”。故选C。

C

Robots Are Now Teaching English!
Get ready. Robots are about to invade our classroom. From Korea to Japan to the United States, schools are putting English-speaking robots in front of their students. In Korea, robots are the new teaching assistants in a number of preschools and kindergartens.
The young students say that the robots are fun, but are these children really learning anything?
I don't think a computer will ever be able to do what a teacher does. A teacher has to be able to respond to students as individuals (个体) . ___28___▲___29___, and a teacher has to change his or her teaching style to fit the needs of the student. I seriously doubt that a computer will ever be able to do this even though the big data (数据) is widely used in the world.


Sara says:
In my opinion, schools should spend money training human teachers rather than buying robots. Research shows that children learn more from real speakers than from recorded conversations.
Keiko says:
I don't think you can learn a language without real human interaction. After all, robots cannot think as humans do.
Hassan says:
Robots might be able to help people learn a language, but I don't think they should replace teachers because robots are just machines without human feelings.
Nancy says:
I think robots might be very helpful in the classroom. A child might be less afraid to make a mistake in front of a robot than in front of a real person.


28. The underlined word "invade" in Para 1 probably means________
A. enter B. leave C. accept D. fight
29. Which of the following can be best put in ▲ in Para. 2?
A. Each teacher is different B. Each student is different
C. All teachers are helpful D. All students are fun
30. Of the 4 comments, ________thinks that robots could give lots of help to learners in class.
A. Sara B. Keiko C. Hassan D. Nancy
31. What's the writer's attitude (态度) towards robots' teaching English?
A. Uncaring. B. Supportive. C. Doubtful. D. Agreeable


【答案】28. A 29. B 30. D 31. C
【解析】
文章大意：机器人即将进入我们的教室。从韩国到日本再到美国，学校都在把会说英语的机器人放在学生面前。在韩国，机器人成为许多幼儿园和幼儿园的新助教。针对这种现象，作者和其他的四个人对此发表了自己的评论。
【28题详解】
词义猜测题。根据下文From Korea to Japan to the United States, schools are putting English-speaking robots in front of their students. In Korea, robots are the new teaching assistants in a number of preschools and kindergartens. 从韩国到日本再到美国，学校都在把会说英语的机器人放在学生面前。在韩国，机器人成为许多幼儿园和幼儿园的新助教。可知此处说的是机器人即将进入我们的教室。所以invade应该是“进入、入侵”的意思，故答案选A。
29题详解】
词句猜测题。根据上文A teacher has to be able to respond to students as individuals.老师必须能够以个体的身份对学生做出反应。以及下文and a teacher has to change his or her teaching style to fit the needs of the student. 教师必须改变教学方式以适应学生的需要。可知此处表达的应是“每个学生都不一样”，所以教师应该根据学生的需要改变教学方式，故答案选B。
【30题详解】
细节理解题。根据Nancy says: I think robots might be very helpful in the classroom. Nancy说：我认为机器人可能在课堂上很有帮助。可知，在这4条评论中，Nancy认为机器人可以在课堂上给学习者很多帮助，故答案选D。
【31题详解】
细节理解题。根据I seriously doubt that a computer will ever be able to do this even though the big data is widely used in the world. 尽管大数据在世界上得到了广泛的应用，但我非常怀疑计算机是否有能力做到这一点。可知，作者对机器人教英语是持有怀疑的态度的，故答案选C。


D
In the future, people may travel to Mars (火星) by water-powered spaceship! Today's spaceships are fine for getting things into space, but they are not so good at travelling long distances. These spaceships burn chemical fuels (燃料) and they are very expensive. Scientists say that a water-powered spaceship could make the trip to Mars much cheaper. The idea is just in the planning stages now, but scientists think such a spaceship could be developed soon.
The key to the water-powered spaceship is the engine (发动机). Regular engines push spaceships by burning fuel. The water engine will use steam, created by solar panels (太阳能板) that heat water to a high temperature. Of course, the spaceship will have to carry a lot of water for the long trip to Mars.
Today's spaceships could not carry that much water. But scientists think that a spaceship blown up like a balloon will be able to.
One US company has already developed a spaceship like this. These spaceships are made of a strong material. Two of them have already been sent up into space, using rockets and then later filled with air. "Balloon" spaceships could be very large and carry enough water for a long trip. With the "Balloon" spaceships, enough water could be carried to power the engines and grow food during the trip. And the people on the spaceship might even get to take a hot bath!
Scientists say the biggest advantage of such a spaceship would be cost. The "Balloon" spaceship uses water to push it through space and costs about one thirtieth of a normal spaceship. Such savings naturally encourage continued research into balloon spaceships and water engines. If these scientists are correct, we may soon be on our way to Mars in a spaceship powered by water.
32. Which sentence best describes the main idea of the passage above?
A. The key to the water-powered spaceship is the engine.
B. In the future, people may travel to Mars by water-powered spaceship.
C. One US company has already developed a spaceship like this.
D. Scientists say the biggest advantage of such a spaceship would be cost.
33. What do you think is omitted (省略) at the end of the underlined sentence?
A. use steam B. push spaceships
C. heat water D. carry that much water
34. Besides growing food, what else might astronauts do with the rest of the water?
A. Take a hot bath. B. Freeze dangerous things.
C. Blow up a balloon. D. Change the surface of Mars.
35. On which website can we probably read this passage?
A. www. freedictionary. com/power B. www. mooc. cn/music
C. www. chinadaily. com. cn/culture D. www. space. com/spaceflight


【答案】32. B 33. D 34. A 35. D
【解析】
本文介绍了水力飞船的原理和优势。
【32题详解】
主旨大意题。根据In the future, people may travel to Mars (火星) by water-powered spaceship，可知，本文主要介绍了在未来，人们可能会乘坐水力飞船去火星旅行，并介绍了这种飞船的原理和优势。故选B。
【33题详解】
词义猜测题。根据上一句“Today's spaceships could not carry that much water.”可知现在的飞船是不能携带太多的水，而新的飞船是可以的，故划线处后面省略的是“carry that much water”。故选D。
【34题详解】
细节理解题。根据And the people on the spaceship might even get to take a hot bath，可知，宇航员甚至可以用剩下的水来洗个热水澡。故选A。
【35题详解】
推理判断题。根据In the future, people may travel to Mars (火星) by water-powered spaceship，可知，本文主要讲述的是在未来，人们可能会乘坐水力飞船去火星旅行，并且下文介绍了水力飞船的原理和优势，这些是有关“宇宙飞行”的内容，所以我们可以从“宇宙飞行”的网站看到这篇文章。故选D。

E
Long long ago, there lived a man and a woman who had seven sons. The couple wanted a daughter very much, and finally, they had a girl. She was very pretty and her parents loved her very much. One day the father needed water for the child, so he sent the seven brothers to a well (井) in the forest to get it. Once there, though, the boys began to fight and the water jug (壶) fell into the well. The boys looked into the well and thought of their father. They were afraid to go home.
Hours passed. "Where are those boys?" shouted the angry father. "They are probably playing a game and have forgotten about the water. I wish they were all turned into ravens (乌鸦) !"And when he looked up, he saw seven black birds flying away. The father was shocked. "What have I done? he thought. But it was too late. He could not take back his words.
Later, the girl grew up and discovered she had brothers. The story of their bad luck influenced her deeply, and she decided to find them. For years, she searched and did not stop. She made up her mind to find them. Finally, she found their home. To enter, she needed a special key made from a chicken bone, which she did not have. The girl thought for a moment, and then took a knife and cut off one of her fingers. With it, she opened the front door and went inside. On a table, there were seven plates and seven cups. She ate and drank a little from each of them. In the last cup, she accidently dropped a ring that her parents had given her.
Later hat day, the ravens returned for their meal. The girl hid behind the door and watched. When the seventh raven drank from his cup, something hit his mouth. The raven recognized it at once—it was his parents' ring. "I wish our sister were here, "he said, "and then we could be free. " At that moment, their sister ran to them, and suddenly the ravens were human again. The brothers kissed their sister and all eight of them went home together happily.
36. Why were the seven brothers afraid to go home at first?
A. They lost their father's ring. B. They threw away the water jug.
C. They didn't get back any water. D. Seven black ravens shocked them.
37. What can we infer (推断) from the underlined sentence in Para. 2?
A. The father regretted what he had said. B. The father was not pleased with his life.
C. The father was worried about his little girl. D. The father was angry with what his sons had done.
38. What was the first thing the girl did after she entered the raven's house?
A. She ate and drank. B. She hid behind a door.
C. She took out a knife D. She sat and waited for the ravens.
39. How did the ravens become human again?
A. They ate a magic ring. B. One raven made a wish after seeing the ring.
C. They drank with a special cup from their father. D. Their sister kissed them.
40. What lesson can we learn from the story?
A. Don't talk to strange people. B. Work hard and you will be happy.
C. Your parents always know best. D. Think carefully about what to say.

【答案】36. C 37. A 38. A 39. B 40. D
【解析】
这个故事讲述的是一对夫妇有七个儿子，然后有了一个女儿，他们非常疼爱这个女儿。父亲让七个儿子去给女儿打水，他们不小心把水壶掉到了井里，不敢回家。父亲很生气，诅咒儿子们变成了乌鸦。女孩长大后，找到了她的哥哥们，又把他们变回了人。
【36题详解】
细节理解题。根据短文第一段“Once there, though, the boys began to fight and the water jug (壶) fell into the well. The boys looked into the well and thought of their father. They were afraid to go home.”可知，七个儿子把水壶掉进了井里，没办法打水了，所以不敢回家。故选C。
【37题详解】
推理判断题。根据短文第二段“The father was shocked. "What have I done? he thought. But it was too late. He could not take back his words.”可知，父亲知道自己说错了话，但是太晚了，说出的话无法收回了，父亲很后悔。故选A。
【38题详解】
细节理解题。根据短文第三段“On a table, there were seven plates and seven cups. She ate and drank a little from each of them”可知，女孩进到哥哥们的家里后，桌子上有七个盘子和七个杯子，她从每个里面吃了一点、喝了一点。故选A。
【39题详解】
细节理解题。根据短文最后一段“The raven recognized it at once—it was his parents' ring. "I wish our sister were here, "he said, "and then we could be free. " At that moment, their sister ran to them, and suddenly the ravens were human again.”可知，乌鸦看到是自己父母的戒指之后，他许了一个愿望，希望他们的妹妹能在这里，这时女孩跑向了他们，这些乌鸦就变回了人。故选B。
【40题详解】
推理判断题。A“不要和陌生人说话”；B“努力工作你就会快乐的”；C“你的父母总是最清楚的”；D“仔细考虑说什么”。根据文意可知，故事中父亲一时生气，说让儿子们变成乌鸦，没想到他们真的变成了乌鸦，最后女儿长大后，又把哥哥们变成了人。D选项符合文意，故选D。

七、 衢州
二、阅读单选


Hey, everybody. I'm Lily, your online English learning adviser. Do you have any questions with learning English？ What are your biggest problems？

English is my favourite subject. I'm good at reading and writing, but I don't do well in speaking and I'm having a lot of trouble with my listening. Any advice？

My English is better now. But my handwriting sill isn't very good. I've still got some work to do on that.

I am outgoing and like outdoor activities. But the virus has made this more dangerous. I have to stay at home all day long. It's boring.

When saying “Open the window!"， I have to think about who I' m talking to and then decide whether to say, “Open the window, please!" or “Could you open the window, please？" or even longer "Would you mind opening the window, please？" That’s really hard.

For me, vocabulary is my biggest problem—there are just so MANY new words! I can't keep all the new vocabulary in my head. HELP!

16．The topic of the forum（论坛） is________．A．Doing Sports B．Keeping Healthy C．Making Friends D．Learning English
17．Mike's problem is how to________．
A．improve handwriting B．use English properly C．pronounce beautifully D．remember new words
18．Whose reply is not about the topic？________
A．Helen's. B．Sam's. C．Mary's. D．Jack's.
【答案】16．D
17．B
18．B
【解析】
【分析】
本文主要讲述的是几名学生在学习英语方面遇到的问题。
16．
细节理解题。根据“Learning English：Your online space for English study for English study”可知，本文主题是“学英语”。故选D。
17．
推理判断题。根据“When saying ‘Open the window!’, I have to think about who I’m talking to and then decide whether to say, ‘Open the window, please!’ or ‘Could you open the window, please?’ or even longer ‘Would you mind opening the window, please?’”可知，迈克在表达前需要考虑怎么说才合适，所以推测迈克的问题是怎么正确使用英语。故选B。
18．
推理判断题。根据“Sam: I am outgoing and like outdoor activities. But the virus has made this more dangerous. I have to stay at home all day long. It's boring.”可知，萨姆觉得自己的性格开朗，喜欢户外活动，但是病毒使这变得更加危险，他不得不整天待在家里，很无聊。萨姆在说没有办法出去活动，与主题无关。故选B。
Tomatoes taste great. With a lot of vitamins, they are good for you, too! People all over the world enjoy this amazing fruit.
Not all tomatoes are red. They can be yellow, orange, pink, or white. All tomatoes are green before they are ready to be picked. Then the tomatoes turn their true color. That’s when they’re ready to eat!
Tomatoes first grew in the Americas. The Incas grew them over 1,000 years ago. They were introduced to Europe by the Spanish in the early 16th century. The Spanish and Italians seem to have been the first Europeans to accept them as food. In France, people grew. Tomatoes in the garden just to enjoy their beauty. Many people there thought tomatoes would make them sick. It was years before some of them would eat tomatoes.
Tomatoes are fruits. They grow from seeds. They won’t grow in cold weather. But with water, sunlight and warmth, tomatoes grow fast. They can grow in pots or in the ground. As the plant grows taller, people may tie it to a stick. Next is the blooming stage. Flowers appear. The flowers turn into fruit. Some kinds of tomatoes can be picked in about six more weeks. Some tomatoes are large. One kind of tomato can weigh as much as two pounds.
You can eat raw tomatoes. First, wash them. Then, cut them up for salads or sandwiches. Tomatoes can be cooked, too. They can be grilled, boiled, or even fried. Do you use ketchup? It is made from tomatoes. Tomatoes don’t have a smell. But they taste great in foods around the world. Many dishes from India use tomatoes. Spaghetti sauce and pizza from Italy use them, too. Raw tomatoes are in Mexican salsa.
19．From the passage, we know that tomatoes ________.
A．come in different colors
B．grew in Europe first
C．can grow in all weathers
D．have a special smell
20．The underlined phrase "some of them" in Paragraph 3 refers to ________.
A．some people in Inca
B．some people in Italy
C．some people in France
D．some people in Spain
21．Which of the following best shows the structure of the passage?
A． B． C． D．
22．Which of the following is the best title of the passage?
A．Value of Tomatoes B．All about Tomatoes
C．Incas and Tomatoes D．Growing Great Tomatoes
【答案】19．A
20．C
21．C
22．B
【解析】
【分析】
文章是一篇科普知识类阅读。主要讲述了西红柿的颜色、发源地、生长周期和吃法。
19．
细节理解题。根据第二段中“Not all tomatoes are red. They can be yellow, orange, pink, or white.”可知，西红柿有不同的颜色。故选A。
20．
推理判断题。分析“In France, people grew. Tomatoes in the garden just to enjoy their beauty. Many people there thought tomatoes would make them sick. It was years before some of them would eat tomatoes.”可知，在法国，人们种植，在花园里种番茄，只是为了欣赏它们的美丽，那里的许多人认为西红柿会使他们生病，过了好几年，他们中的一些人才开始吃西红柿。可以推测出划线部分“其中一些人”是指法国人的一些人，故选C。
21．
篇章结构题。根据文章内容可知，第1段是点题段，引出文章表述的主体是西红柿；第2、3、4、5段分别讲述它的颜色、发源地、生长周期和吃法。故选C。
22．
最佳标题题。根据文章内容可知，主要讲述了西红柿的颜色、发源地、生长周期和吃法。故选B。
My father, who was always drunk and angry, beat me more and more every day. He always locked the door when he went away and kept the key in this pocket. One day I found an old saw （锯子） that he hid in the roof. When I was alone in the house. I started to make a hole on the floor under the big table.
The next day my father said, "Huck, go to the river and catch some fish for breakfast. Quickly! And don't try anything. Remember, I'm watching you!"
While I was fishing by the river, I saw an empty boat nearby.
"A boat!" I thought happily, “This is my chance to escape. I'll hide the boat near some trees and use it tonight!"
When my father went to town that afternoon, I got my saw and started to work on the hole. It was late afternoon when I finished making the hole.
"I did a good job," I thought, looking at the hole. “Now I'll get my father's gun.”
I looked outside the window and there was nobody there. I quickly escaped through the hole. Then I ran into the woods to hunt a wild pig. Luckily, I found one. I shot it and took it back to the house and let the pig's blood fall on the wooden floor of the house. Then I pulled some of my hair out and put it on my father's axe（斧子） with some of the pig's blood. I took the pig's body outside and put it in a big bag with some rocks, and threw it into the river.
"This way people will think ▲ !" I thought. "They'll come and look for my body in the river." This idea made me smile.
I waited until it was dark and got into the boat and went to Jackson's Island. I knew about Jackson's Island because Tom, Ben, Joe and I had a lot of fun adventures there.
（Adapted from The Adventures of Huckleberry Finn by Mark Twain）
23．What's the correct order of the following?
①Huck hid a boat.
②Huck found a saw.
③Huck went fishing.
④Huck killed a wild pig.
A．①④②③ B．③②①④ C．②①③④ D．②③①④
24．Which of the following is the best to fill in the blank" ▲ "?
A．my father went away and I'm sad B．the pig's blood is mine and I'm dead
C．I killed the wild pig and I'm brave D．my friends helped me and I'm lucky
25．Huck went to Jackson's Island because he wanted to ________.
A．meet his friends B．look for the treasure C．take an adventure D．escape from his father
26．According to the passage, what is Huck like?
A．Brave and clever. B．Funny and helpful. C．Lazy and careless. D．Boring and stupid.
【答案】23．D
24．B
25．D
26．A
【解析】
【分析】
文章大意：短文节选自《哈克贝利•费恩历险记》。主要介绍Huck受不了父亲的毒打，于是他趁父亲外出的机会，先安排了一个自己被杀死，尸体被扔到河里的假象，然后就偷了小船，逃到了杰克逊岛上躲了起来的故事。
23．
阅读排序题。根据第一段“One day I found an old saw”一天我发现一把旧锯子，可知，②“Huck发现一把锯子”是第一位。根据第三段“While I was fishing by the river”当我在河边钓鱼的时候，可知，③“Huck去钓鱼”是第二位。根据第四段“I'll hide the boat near some trees and use it tonight”我要把船藏在树旁，今晚用它，可知，①“Huck藏起了船”是第三位。根据第七段“Then I ran into the woods to hunt a wild pig”然后我跑到树林里去猎一头野猪，可知，④“Huck杀死了一头野猪”是第四位。正确顺序是②③①④，故选D。
24．
推理判断题。根据空上文“Then I pulled some of my hair out and put it on my father's axe（斧子） with some of the pig's blood. I took the pig's body outside and put it in a big bag with some rocks, and threw it into the river.”然后我拔了一些头发，用猪血放在我父亲的斧子上。我把猪的尸体拿到外面，放进一个装有石头的大袋子里，扔到河里。以及下文“They'll come and look for my body in the river."This idea made me smile.”他们会来找我的尸体的，这个想法让我笑了。可知，这样人们就会认为“猪血是我的，我死了”。故选B。
25．
细节理解题。根据第一段“My father, who was always drunk and angry, beat me more and more every day.”我父亲总是酗酒和生气，每天都在不断地殴打我。以及第四段“This is my chance to escape.”这是我逃跑的机会。可知，Huck去杰克逊岛是因为他想逃离父亲，故选D。
26．
推理判断题。根据倒数第二段“This way people will think   the pig's blood is mine and I'm dead!”I thought. “They'll come and look for my body in the river.”This idea made me smile.“这样人们就会以为猪血是我的，我死了！”我想，“他们会来找我的尸体的。”这个想法让我笑了。以及最后一句 “had a lot of fun adventures there.”在那里有很多有趣的冒险经历。可知，Huck是勇敢的和聪明的，故选A。

On a June afternoon in 1752, the sky began to get dark over the city. As the storm broke, most people surely hurried inside, but not Benjamin Franklin. He decided it was the perfect time to fly a kite. Franklin had been waiting for a chance like this. He wanted to show the connection between lightning(闪电) and electricity, and to do so, he needed a storm.
He walked into field, and flew a kite with a piece of rope tied to it. A key was tied to the rope. The lightning hit the kite, and electricity passed through the rope to the key. Franklin then touched the key with his finger and got an electric shock(电击). This, he said, proved(证明) the electrical nature of lightning.
For many years, schools have taught the story of Franklin’s experiment. Millions of schoolchildren have been amazed by his courage and his scientific spirit of looking for the truth. However, new research suggests that the story may be fiction instead of fact. Although Franklin’s experiment took place, more than one scientist has questioned what really happened. It’s true that he did the experiment with the rope and the key. But scientists all agree that if Franklin had actually touched the key, he would certainly have died from the electric shock.
Scientists often question accepted ideas because they want to find out the facts. Some have even questioned the story about the apple that fell on Newton’s head. Many reports suggest that although the falling apple certainly provided ideas, there is nothing to show that the apple actually hit him on the head.
In fact, fiction is often more interesting than the truth. People have been more encouraged by Franklin’s spirit than by the facts themselves. But in science, facts should be tested by experiments and research, and we should not always believe everything we read or hear even if it is a great story.
27．Franklin did the experiment in order to prove ________.
A．he was an excellent scientist
B．flying a kite in the storm was safe
C．he was not afraid of lightning
D．lightning was a form of electricity
28．The underlined word “fiction” probably means something ________.
A．not true
B．quite different
C．not safe
D．quite necessary
29．Some scientists questioned whether Franklin ________ in the experiment.
A．flew a kite
B．touched the key
C．was present
D．discovered electricity
30．The purpose of the passage is to tell us ________.
A．Franklin’s spirit is encouraging
B．fiction is more interesting than the truth
C．Franklin’s experiment is not real
D．we shouldn’t always believe accepted ideas
【答案】27．D
28．A
29．B
30．D
【解析】
【分析】
本文讲述了Franklin曾经做了一个闪电的实验，但是如今很多科学家对这个实验持有不同的意见，作者通过这个事情告诉我们，不要总相信我们听到或读到的故事，那未必是一个真实的情况。
27．
细节理解题。根据This, he said, proved （证明） the electrical nature of lightning可知，Franklin做这个实验想证明闪电是电的一种形式。故选D。
28．
词义猜测题。根据instead of fact“而不是事实”提示，这个实验是虚构的，所以fiction表示“不是真实的”。故选A。
29．
推理判断题。根据It’s true that he did the experiment with the rope and the key. But scientists all agree that if Franklin had actually touched the key, he would certainly have died from the electric shock可知，一些科学家质疑他是否触碰了那个钥匙。故选B。
30．
主旨大意题。根据But in science, facts should be tested by experiments and research, and we should not always believe everything we read or hear even if it is a great story可知，这篇文章想告诉我们，事实应该通过实验和研究来测试，我们不应该总相信我们看过或听过的一切事物，尽管它是一个很棒的故事。故选D。

八、 绍兴
A
AMANAC CHANLENGE
YOU COULD)
WIN $500
TO HELPSAVELIONS!
With a lion's strong jaws and claws, it's no wonder that this big cat is a big star in the wild. But the powerful animal still faces dangers-including ones from humans- and their numbers are dropping.
That's why this year's Almanac Challenge is all about saving lions- and how you can help. Send in a poster that includes a drawing and a one-sentence message about why it's important to protect lions. You could win a $500 gift card to host a "Lions Forever" party- but you can host one on your own too! Invite friends, family, and classmates to talk about why it's important to save these big cats. And your drawing might be included in a future issue(期）of Nat Geo Kids magazine, Natgeokids. com, or even in next year's Almanac Challenge!
Important Entry Information
Almanac Challenge starts on May 8,and ends on December 3. Open to U. S. people who are aged 6 to 12 years or older. To enter, visit natgeokids. com/almanac. See official rules for complete prize description and more information.
31. The purpose of Almanac Challenge is to ▲ .
A. tell us the importance of lions B. raise $500 for a party
C. encourage us to help save lions D. sell Nat Geo Kids magazines
32. If you want to join in Almanac Challenge, you must ▲ .
A. call Nat Geo Kids magazine B. be at least six years old
C. have a talent for drawing D. hand in a poster after Dec. 3
33. Almanac Challenge is most probably a ▲ .
A. competition B. meeting C. survey D. test

31.
【答案】C
【知识点】推断文章写作目的
【考察能力】语言运用——阅读理解能力
【解析】  细节题 ，从you could win $500 to help save lions 可知
【难度】易
【题分】2分
32.
【答案】B
【知识点】理解文中具体信息
【考察能力】语言运用——阅读理解能力
【解析】   细节题 从open to U.S who are aged,6-12 years or older
【难度】易
【题分】2分
33.
【答案】 A
【知识点】理解文章的出处
【考察能力】语言运用——阅读理解能力
【解析】   细节题 从you could win $500……可知
【难度】易
【题分】2分


B
A Chinese song could be heard in a classroom in Sana, the capital of
Yemen(也门),where around 20 Chinese-learning schoolchildren were singing
"I love to learn the Chinese language because it is very nice, important and I want to travel to China to complete my studies there," Karim al-Areqi, a student of the private Languages Model School in Sanaa, told Xinhua.
Teacher Mohammed Al-Ansi, who learnt the language in China and received a university degree, stressed(强调）the importance of learning the Chinese language. "It is the language of the future and it is necessary for all people to get advantages from the great development in China," he said.
Like many other private elementary and secondary schools in Yemen, the Chinese language is a basic part of the Languages Model School's courses, where the students study Chinese as actively as math and science subjects. "In teaching the Chinese language, I succeeded in educating students in a simple way that fits everyone," al-Ansi said proudly, stressing that teaching Chinese has changed his life without doubt.
Al-Ansi expects that Yemen and China will work together to set up centers and schools for teaching the Chinese language in Yemen so that many young Yemenis can learn. "I hope that a branch of the Confucius (孔子学院),could be built in Yemen to teach the language and spread the Chinese culture to many years who are interested in learning the Chinese culture and language," he said. see that learning a foreign language may open a way of hope to a new life, such as getting ,more money and paving（铺平）the way to a bright future in the country that has experienced war for almost five years,
34. The passage tells us that Mohammed al-Ansi ▲ .
A. has got a university degree in Yemen B. sings Chinese songs well
C. thinks it important to study Chinese D. owns a language school
35. In the Languages Model School, the students ▲ .
A. consider Chinese a simple language B. do well in science and math
C. take pride in Mohammed al-Ansi D. are active in learning Chinese
36. The 5th paragraph is mainly about ▲ .
A. the Chinese culture B. Mohammed al-Ansi's hope
C. centers for learning Chinese D. the way of doing research
37. It can be learnt from the passage that ▲ .
A. many young Yemenis learn Chinese for a better future
B. learning Chinese is sure to make Yemenis rich
C. more and more Yemenis are going to work in China
D. Chinese has been popular in Yemen for five years

34.
【答案】 C
【知识点】理解文中具体信息
【考察能力】语言运用——阅读理解能力
【解析】细节题 从……stress the importance of learning the Chinese language可知
【难度】易
【题分】2分
35.
【答案】 D
【知识点】理解文中具体信息
【考察能力】语言运用——阅读理解能力
【解析】细节题 
从……where the students study Chinese as actively as math and science subjects.
【难度】易
【题分】2分
36.
【答案】 B
【知识点】理解文中具体信息
【考察能力】语言运用——阅读理解能力
【解析】  细节题 
从第五段Al-Ansi expects that Yemen and China will work together……
【难度】易
【题分】2分
37.
【答案】 A
【知识点】理解文中具体信息
【考察能力】语言运用——阅读理解能力
【解析】从最后一段可知
learning a foreign language may open a way of hope to a new life……
【难度】易
【题分】2分

C
On February 12,2019,Brendon Fontaine blew out five candles on a birthday cake. "He loved the cake so much," says his mother, Faith, who lives in Winnipeg with Brendon. "I had to hide it in the back of the fridge. 3
Brendon's surprise came from Cakes for Kids, a group of home bakers(烘焙师)who know that a simple birthday cake can be uncommon for poor families like the Fontaines.
The group was set up three years ago by Christy Rogowski, a 40-year-old who works in health care software, and her partner, Wendy Singleton. "Imagining a child who wasn't going to have a birthday cake was really upsetting," Rogowski says.
A Facebook call-out for volunteers finally added 150 bakers to their name list. When volunteers first apply(申请), they're asked why they want to do so. "Some people have said that they didn't have a cake on their birthday growing up, and they know how important it is," says Singleton. More commonly, though, they say they want families in need to know that their neighbors care about them.
The names of the cake receivers are provided by community organizations and Winnipeg Child and Family Services. A child might receive a cake because the family is poor. Sometimes a child is sick, leaving the family too busy to make the treat themselves. Cakes also go to children living in foster care（寄养). Jodi Korolyk, a worker with Winnipeg Child and Family Services, has so far ordered birthday cakes for five of the almost 800 kids in their system. "It shows the child they have a lot of people there to support them," she says.
By the end of last year, Cakes for Kids had baked over 575 cakes to mark kids' birthdays, and the baking continues. Rogowski and Singleton are even considering developing the program nationally and also providing cakes for old people who live alone. After all, there's no age difference when it comes to the positive role of a well-timed cake.
38. The example of Brendon is given to help explain why ▲ .
A. cakes should be put in the fridge B. children like cakes so much
C. Cakes for Kids was set up D. some families became poor
39. We can see from the passage that the group Cakes for Kids ▲ .
A. pays its workers much money B. has a history of three years
C. cares about volunteers' health D. gives away cakes online
40. Paragraph5 mainly tells us ▲ .
A. where kids can celebrate birthdays B. how cakes are sent to kids
C. who can probably receive cakes D. when cakes need to be ordered
41. The last paragraph shows that Rogowskiand Singleton plan to ▲ .
A. offer cakes to the old living alone B. make another 575 birthday cakes
C. improve their skills in making cakes D. create new kinds of birthday cakes

38.
【答案】 C
【知识点】理解文中具体信息
【考察能力】语言运用——阅读理解能力
【解析】细节题，从文章第二段可知，Brendon’s 例子说明了Cakes for Kids建立的目的。
【难度】易
【题分】2分
39.
【答案】 B
【知识点】理解文中具体信息
【考察能力】语言运用——阅读理解能力
【解析】细节题，从文章第三段第一句可知，“the group was set up three years ago”,所以有三年的历史。
【难度】易
【题分】2分
40.
【答案】 C
【知识点】主旨大意题
【考察能力】语言运用——阅读理解能力
【解析】第五段主要讲的是哪些人可以得到Caked for Kids 的帮助，所以选C。
【难度】易
【题分】2分
41.
【答案】 A
【知识点】理解文中具体信息
【考察能力】语言运用——阅读理解能力
【解析】细节题，从文章最后一段的第二句可知，“...providing cakes for old people who live alone”
【难度】易
【题分】2分


D
With schools closed and restrictions(限制）on public activities, it can be a difficult time for young people, who suddenly can't spend time with their friends and family in person.
However, the situation has already led to some creative ways of using technology to keep in touch with those people, from video calls and group chats （聊天）to online games. Experts say that young people might find the social restrictions on seeing their friends in real life stressful, which is why technology can be helpful.
"Keeping relationships is very important for health," says Dr Amanda Gummer, creator of Dr Gummer's Good Play Guide. She ads that this is more important the older you get. "Not maintaining these friendships can make it more difficult for you to get back into school when the time comes," she says. Chezy Kennedy, from a training program called Confident Kids, agrees. "Staying connected to those we care about is even more important now than ever before," she says. "We can suddenly feel quite lonely. "
Messaging apps and video calls are good for checking in with friends, or organizing group chats to keep in. touch. "Video chats are a great way to keep connected with your wider friendship group," says Gummer.
Experts agree that there are plenty of ways to be creative with video chats besides talking to friends. Gummer suggests, "A virtual（虚拟的）film-and-pizza night can work well.
Sharna Jackson, an expert on young people and technology, has lots of ideas too. She suggests taking turns to teach friends something you're really good at- such as painting and drawing, perhaps. She also thinks that online games, including Fortnite and Minecraft, can play a really good role.
"It's good to play together. It's social, there's problem-solving and turn-taking, and it helps you develop different skills," she says.
42. According to the passage, young people will ▲ when they can't stay with friends.
A. be afraid of growing up B. fail to pass the exams
C. experience a hard time D. refuse to go to school
43. The underlined word "maintaining" probably means" ▲ ".
A. controlling B. ending C. checking D. keeping
The passage mentions the following ways of keeping in touch EXCEPT ▲ .
A. talking to friends on the Internet B. playing online games
C. producing online videos together D. teaching friends online
45. What's the best title for the passage?
A. Away from friends B. Together with technology
C. Alone at home D. Back to school
42.
【答案】 C
【知识点】理解文中具体信息
【考察能力】语言运用——阅读理解能力
【解析】细节题，文章第一段“it can be a difficult time for young people...”可知年轻人经历困难时期当他们不能跟朋友待在一起。
【难度】易
【题分】2分
43.
【答案】 D
【知识点】词意猜测
【考察能力】语言运用——阅读理解能力
【解析】根据语境，表示“不保持这些友谊会使得返回学校后变得困难”，可知maintain =keep.
【难度】中
【题分】2分
44.
【答案】 C
【知识点】细节题
【考察能力】语言运用——阅读理解能力
【解析】根据第四、第五自然段，可知A、B、D都有提及.
【难度】中
【题分】2分
45.
【答案】 B
【知识点】主旨大意题
【考察能力】语言运用——阅读理解能力
【解析】通读全文，可知文章是关于运用网络技能使人们保持联系，所以选B.
【难度】中
【题分】2分

九、 台州
A

The story of…
Storytelling
Storytelling is the activity of telling or writing stories. Stories can be real or made up, can be long or short, and can be about any subject. People have always told stories to please each other or to tell people about their world.
Oral history
Because early people couldn't read or write, they passed on stories by telling them to each other. The storyteller often acted out bits of the history. People still tell stories in this way today.

Fairy tales
A fairy tale is a story that includes magic and characters such as fairies, witches, goblins or giants. Fairy tales tell the story of good versus evil, and usually have a happy ending. Sleeping Beauty, Aladdin, and The Boy Who Cried Wolf are all examples of fairy tales.
What is a story?
A story is a made-up description of imaginary or real events and people. The Chinese story of Pangu is an imaginary one.
Animal stories
Many stories feature animals as their main characters. These animals speak and dress like real people, although they often live in animal homes.



16. According to the passage, early people passed on stories mainly by __________.
A. writing events on the stone B. drawing pictures on the wall
C. telling stories to one another D. making marks on the wood
17. Which of the following is TRUE according to the passage?
A. A fairy tale usually has a pleasant ending.
B. The Boy Who Cried Wolf is an animal story.
C. A made-up story should be as long as possible.
D. The Chinese story of Pangu is about a real event.
18. The passage probably comes from the _________.
A. Health B. Animal C. Science D. Education

【答案】16. C 17. A 18. D
【解析】
本文向我们介绍了几种不同的故事类型及其特点。
【16题详解】
细节理解题。根据“Because early people couldn't read or write, they passed on stories by telling them to each other.”可知，因为早期的人们不会读或写，所以他们通过互相讲故事来传递故事。故选C。
【17题详解】
推理判断题。A：童话故事通常有一个愉快的结局。根据“Fairy tales tell the story of good versus evil, and usually have a happy ending.”可知，童话故事通常有一个圆满的结局，该项表述正确；B：《狼来了》是一个动物故事。根据“and The Boy Who Cried Wolf are all examples of fairy tales.”可知，《狼来了》是一个童话故事，该项表述错误；C：一个虚构的故事应该尽可能长。文中未提及虚拟故事的篇幅应该尽可能长，该项表述错误；D：盘古的中国故事是关于一个真实的事件。根据“The Chinese story of Pangu is an imaginary one.”可知，盘古的故事是虚构的，该项表述错误。故选A。
【18题详解】
推理判断题。A：健康；B：动物；C：科学；D：教育。根据文章内容可知，本文向我们介绍了几种不同的故事类型及其特点。所以推测这篇文章可能来自教育方面。故选D。

B
Seven years ago, Joyce Akinpe moved to Australia to start a new life, finding an exciting job in Sydney. After the outbreak (爆发) of COVID-19, she suddenly lost her job.
Seeing that there were many others like herself in trouble from the outbreak, Akinpe and her two roommates, Michele Gomez and Maureen Lee, brainstormed ideas for how to help their local community. They came up with a street pantry（储藏柜）. Gomez said the idea was very simple, “Take what you need and leave what you can.”
With the help of Gomez’s father, they built the Blessing Box – a street pantry, with shelves and hanging baskets and two doors made from old furniture.
It sits just at the back of the three girls’ home, so they can look after it. They put some information notices into their neighbors’ mailboxes, and the Blessing Box was quickly filled with the donations (捐赠)from the community, “It is the community’s strong support that keeps the project alive,” Akinpe said.
We now have hundreds of people visiting our box every day. It might only a hours for the box to be full and next hour it might become empty again. “We are now helping others to carry out similar projects in their own communities, too”, Gomez said.
Lee said things in the box were mostly convenience foods, as well as some necessary life things such as spaghetti and toilet paper. “Few people take everything at once. They think there are other people who need them more.” Lee added.
There were many people rushing there for donations. The three girls needed to sanitize (消毒）all the donations and make sure all food packages were not broken. Gomez said that they had no time for rest, but what they did was well worth.
19. Paragraph 2 mainly talks about ________.
A. the way to build the Blessing Box
B. the help from the local community
C. the purpose of building a street pantry
D. the trouble from the outbreak of COVID-19
20. Put the following sentences in the right order according to the passage.
a. The three girls thought up a good idea.
b. The three girls received and sanitized the donations.
c. The three girls put information notices into their neighbors’ mailboxes.
d. The three girls built the Blessing Box with the help of Gomez’s father.
A. c—a—b—d B. c—b—a—d. C. a—b—-d—c D. a—d—c—b
21. Few people take everything they need at once because __________.
A. they would like to use their own things
B. they think other people need these things more
C. there aren’t enough donations in the Blessing Box
D. it's not safe to use the things from the Blessing Box
22. The best title for the passage can probably be _________.
A. Challenges through Life B. Happiness from Strangers
C. Friendship during the Hard Times D. Kindness behind the Blessing Box

【答案】19. C 20. D 21. B 22. D
【解析】
在疫情期间，为了帮助当地社区，三个女孩建立了祈福箱，人们可以在箱子里拿走需要的东西，也可以在箱子里留下自己不需要的东西。
【19题详解】
主旨大意题。根据第二段中“Michele Gomez and Maureen Lee, brainstormed ideas for how to help their local community. They came up with a street pantry（储藏柜）.”可知，米歇尔·戈麦斯和莫林·李为如何帮助当地社区集思广益，他们想到了一个街头储物柜的想法，所以本段主要讲建立街头储物柜的目的。故选C。
【20题详解】
篇章结构题。根据第二段中“They came up with a street pantry.”可知，这三个女孩首先想到了这个主意，所以a排第一；根据第三段中“With the help of Gomez’s father, they built the Blessing –Box – a street pantry”可知，三个女孩在戈麦斯父亲帮助下，建造了祈福箱，所以d排第二；根据第四段中“They put some information notices into their neighbors’ mailboxes…”可知，她们在邻居的信箱里贴了一些信息通知，所以c排第三；根据最后一段中“There were many people rushing there for donations. The three girls needed to sanitize all the donations and make sure all food packages were not broken.”可知，这三个女孩收到了人们的捐赠物，并给这些捐赠物消了毒，所以b排第四。故选D。
【21题详解】
细节理解题。根据倒数第二段中“Few people take everything at once. They think there are other people who need them more.”可知，很少有人一次性拿走所有东西，因为他们认为还有其他人更需要这些东西。故选B。
【22题详解】
选择最佳标题。根据第三段中“With the help of Gomez’s father, they built the Blessing Box – a street pantry, with shelves and hanging baskets and two doors made from old furniture.”并结合全文可知，三个女孩为了帮助当地的社区，所以想出了建立祈福箱的想法，人们可以留下自己能留下的东西，拿走自己需要的东西，所以最佳标题为Kindness behind the Blessing Box。故选D。


C
Imagine this. There's an apple and a piece of cake on a table. Which one would you like? The delicious cake or the healthy apple? A bestseller, Willpower: Rediscovering Our Greatest Strength, suggests that willpower(意志力)is the ability to make decisions that are better for us in the long term, rather than in the short term.
Here is a famous experiment in the book: The Marshmallow Test. In 1972, Professor Walter Mischel tested the willpower of 600 four-year-olds to six-year-olds. In the experiment, each child was left alone in a room for fifteen minutes with a marshmallow(棉花软糖）on a table in front of them. They were given two choices: they could either eat it or, if they waited fifteen minutes, they'd be given a second one(and then they could eat both).
So, what did the kids do? Well, as you can imagine, 70% ate the first marshmallow within the fifteen minutes. But the other 30% showed willpower—they controlled themselves and waited for the second marshmallow. But then Mischel discovered something really interesting. Twenty years later, he got in touch with the children, who, by then, were in their early twenties. And he found that those who'd shown strong willpower were getting better marks at university and were more popular.
Willpower is like a muscle（肌肉), and the more you exercise it, the stronger it gets.
So, if you do daily "self-control exercises", such as making your bed or brushing your teeth, you'll improve your overall willpower. And daily willpower exercises will help you with those bigger goals, such as studying for an exam or training for a marathon.
Be careful though. Just like any muscle, your "willpower muscle" can get tired. If you've had to do lots of things that require willpower, take a break or give yourself a treat.
That way, you’ll build up your willpower again.
And one last thing, the writer mentions people who learn foreign languages usually have a lot of willpower. So, congratulations!
23. How many children got two marshmallows in the Marshmallow Test in 1972?
A. 180. B. 240. C. 420. D. 600.
24. In Paragraphs 2&3, the famous experiment explains __________.
A. more kids have stronger willpower
B. willpower influences people's lives greatly
C. how people practice children's willpower
D. marshmallows can help improve willpower
25. The writer probably agrees that ________.
A. all the language learners have stronger willpower
B. will power can't be improved by doing some daily things
C. young kids don't need to practice willpower like grown-ups
D. people with strong willpower can achieve their goals more easily
26. According to the passage, people who ________ might have strong willpower.
A. do regular piano practice every day B. give up morning running halfway
C. eat as much junk food as they like D. usually get up late on the cold morning

【答案】23. A 24. B 25. D 26. A
【解析】
文章大意：畅销书《意志力:重新发现我们最大的力量》指出，意志力是一种能力，它能做出长期而非短期对我们更有利的决定。文章通过一个著名的实验说明了意志力对人们生活的影响。并告诉我们如何来提高我们的整体意志力。
【23题详解】
推理判断题。根据In 1972, Professor Walter Mischel tested the willpower of 600 four-year-olds to six-year-olds.以及But the other 30% showed willpower—they controlled themselves and waited for the second marshmallow.可知，在1972的棉花糖测试中，共有600个孩子参加，其中有30%的孩子得到了两个棉花糖，也就是180个孩子，故答案选A。
【24题详解】
理解判断题。根据But then Mischel discovered something really interesting. Twenty years later, he got in touch with the children, who, by then, were in their early twenties. And he found that those who'd shown strong willpower were getting better marks at university and were more popular. 但随后Mischel发现了一件非常有趣的事情。二十年后，他与孩子们取得了联系，那时他们才二十出头。他发现那些表现出强烈意志力的人在大学里成绩更好，也更受欢迎。由此可知，这个著名的实验说明了意志力对人们生活的影响很大。故答案选B。
【25题详解】
细节理解题。根据And daily willpower exercises will help you with those bigger goals, 每天的意志力训练会帮助你实现更大的目标。可知作者应同意有坚强意志力的人更容易实现他们的目标，故答案选D。
【26题详解】
推理判断题。根据So, if you do daily "self-control exercises", such as making your bed or brushing your teeth, you'll improve your overall willpower.所以，如果你每天做“自我控制练习”，比如整理床铺或刷牙，你就会提高你的整体意志力。也就是说你每天固定的去做一件事情，你就会有很强的意志力。结合选项，可知A选项“每天有规律地练习钢琴”符合题意，故答案选A。

D
Living on an island might sound wonderful. But what it you left for a trip and found you could never return? What if your home, and even the land it stood on, was gone forever? For people living in the Pacific Islands, this is really possible.
Why? Climate（气候)change. Climate change is causing the sea to rise. That’s bad news for the Pacific Islands. Young people on the islands are even starting to wonder: Will they be the last generation(一代人)?
Not if the islanders have anything to do about it. These people are deeply connected to their homelands. The Pacific Islands are made up of 1l different countries: the Marshall Islands, Fuji, Samoa, and others. But now, those countries are working together. They're joining forces to fight climate change.
Why is climate change such a huge threat to this part of the world? Islands are low elevations(海拔). So they are among the first places influenced by rising sea levels. That's why countries of the Pacific Islands are working together to do their part.
But these are small countries. When it comes to climate change can they make a big difference? They can, because most of the things that people on islands buy are brought by ships. This is very harmful to the environment. After all, ships put out almost 3 percent of the world's carbon emissions (碳排放), That makes climate change worse.
Pacific Islanders realize the problem. So, in 2019, six countries got together: Fuji, the Marshall islands, Samoa, Vanuatu, the Solomon Islands and Tuvalu, They came up with a plan. They agreed to cut carbon emissions from shipping by 40 percent by 2030. And by 2050, they expect zero-carbon shipping.
How will they pull this off? They plan to use some really to use some really cool carbon-free technologies. They'll make use of solar and wind energy.
Sea levels are rising, but hopes aren't sinking in the Pacific Islands.
27. What is the bad news for the Pacific Islands according to the passage?
A. Some Pacific Island countries have disappeared.
B. The sea level is going up because of climate change.
C. All the shipping to the Pacific Islands has been stopped.
D. The Pacific Islanders have nothing to do about the climate change.
28. The underlined word "threat" in Paragraph 4 probably means"_________".
A. risk B. step C. project D. development
29. It can be inferred from the passage that _________.
A. there will never be zero carbon emissions from shipping
B. solar and wind energy will make climate change worse
C. all the Pacific Islanders may leave their homelands by 2050
D. some Pacific Island countries may have hopes to make a difference
30. The passage mainly talks about ________.
A. why other countries are helping the Pacific Islanders fight climate change
B. how some countries are working hard to develop carbon-free technologies
C. how Pacific Island countries are working together to fight shipping pollution
D. why Pacific Island countries put out so much of the world's carbon emissions

【答案】27. B 28. A 29. D 30. C
【解析】
本文主要介绍了气候变化正在导致海洋上升，这对住在太平洋岛屿的人来说是个坏消息。太平洋岛屿上的11个国家正在联手来共同应对气候变化。他们计划到2030年将航运碳排放量减少百分之40，到2050年，他们预计零碳排放量航运。
【27题详解】
细节理解题。根据文中第二段“Climate change is causing the sea to rise. That’s bad news for the Pacific Islands. ”可知，气候变化正在导致海洋上升，这对太平洋岛屿来说是个坏消息。故选B。
【28题详解】
词义猜测题。risk危险，风险；step步骤；project计划，项目；development发展。根据上段“These people are deeply connected to their homelands.”可知，气候变化导致海洋上升，对生活在太平洋岛屿上的人有极大的威胁；结合后面“That's why countries of the Pacific Islands are working together to do their part.”可知，太平洋岛屿国家正在共同努力发挥自己的作用，来应对这种影响，所以可以猜测，划线部分单词意思应该是“危险，风险”。故选A。
【29题详解】
推理判断题。根据第六段“And by 2050, they expect zero-carbon shipping.”可知，到2050年，预计会用零碳航运，故选项A错误；根据第七段“They'll make use of solar and wind energy.”可知他们会用太阳能和风能来减少污染，故选项B错误；根据第六段“And by 2050, they expect zero-carbon shipping.”及最后一段“Sea levels are rising, but hopes aren't sinking in the Pacific Islands.”可知，到2050年，预计会用零碳航运，太平洋岛屿的希望并没有破灭，故选项C错误；根据第三段“The Pacific Islands are made up of 1l different countries: … those countries are working together. They're joining forces to fight climate change.”结合全文可知，他们正在联手应对气候变化，并会气候产生积极影响，故选项D正确。故选D。
【30题详解】
主旨大意题。根据本文大意，主要介绍了气候变化正在导致海洋上升，太平洋岛屿上的11个国家正在联手来共同应对气候变化。他们计划到2030年将航运碳排放量减少百分之40，到2050年，他们预计零碳排放量航运。所以“太平洋岛屿国家如何共同努力消除航运污染”符合本主主旨。故选C。

十、 温州
A
Do you want to have fun in Oxford? Take a bus tour!

Christ Church College The college hall is used in the Harry Potter films.
Magdalen College Its bell tower and gardens are famous sights in Oxford.
Corpus Christi College It is one of the smallest colleges in Oxford but with the best library.
Exeter College You can find most of the book shops in Oxford around the college.

26. The first bus tour begins at 9:35 from __________.
A. Trinity College B. Oxford Railway Station
C. Queen's College D. Gloucester Green Bus Station
27. How much is a 24-hour family ticket?
A. £16. 50. B. £19. 00. C. £40. 00. D. £45. 00.
28. In Magdalen College, tourists can __________.
A. visit the bell tower B. read in the best library in Oxford
C. find many book shops D. see the hall in the Harry Porter films

【答案】26. D 27. C 28. A
【解析】
本文主要介绍牛津的巴士观光。包括时间表、价格以及可以看到的景点。
26题详解】
细节理解题。根据Timetable下的内容可知，从9:35开始的第一班巴士始发于Gloucester Green Bus Station。故选D。
【27题详解】
细节理解题。根据Tour Prices下的内容可知，24小时家庭票是£40. 00。故选C。
【28题详解】
细节理解题。根据See下的内容“Magdalen College—Its bell tower and gardens are famous sights in Oxford.”可知，莫德林学院的钟楼和花园是牛津的著名景点。故选A。

B(2020 · 温州)

The balalaika, also called the "Russian guitar", is a traditional Russian musical instrument. It has a long neck, a wooden triangle-shaped body and strings. It is usually used to play Russian music by plucking the strings with fingers or a pick.
Russians like the balalaika. The music played with it can be cheerful, as if the farmers were dancing happily to celebrate their harvest. It can also be energetic, as if the workers were working hard to make their country richer and stronger. If a Russian moves to live or work abroad, he will probably take a balalaika with him. When he feels lonely and sad, he will play it to cheer himself up.
The balalaika was originally played by the poor in Russia. At that time, balalaikas were made by the players themselves. They were rough, simple and cheap with different numbers of strings, from two to even six. Later a Russian musician Vasily Vasil'yevich Andreev (1861-1918) improved the balalaka. He created a whole family of balalaikas of different sizes, all with three strings. The smallest balalaika is called Prima. It is 60-70cm long. The biggest, Contrabass, is almost 2metres high with a leg to sit on the floor. Andreev founded the first balalaika orchestra in the world, mainly using balalaikas to perform. He gave concerts at the Universal Exposition in Paris in 1889, which was a great success.
Today, there are blalaika groups performing around the world. More and more people get to know the balalaika and are attracted by its Russian style music.
29. The balalaika is a musical instrument __________.
A. without strings B. with a long neck
C. of a round shape D. with a metal body
30. The music played with a balalaika is usually__________.
A. slow and sad B. strong and serious
C. soft and modern D. cheerful and energetic
31. Andreev is mentioned in Paragraph Three to introduce __________.
A. the success of balalaika concerts B. the history of balalaika orchestras
C. his talent for playing the balalaika D. his contributions to the balalaika
32. Which of the following can be the best title for the passage?
A. Balalaika: The "Russian Guitar" for the Poor
B. Russia: The Home of Famous Balalaika Musicians
C. Balalaika: A Traditional Russian Musical Instrument
D. Russia: The International Hand-made Balalaika Factory

【答案】29. B 30. D 31. D 32. C
【解析】
文章大意：本文主要介绍了俄罗斯一种传统乐器Balalaika，讲述了它的特点以及发展历程等。
【29题详解】
细节理解题。根据It has a long neck, a wooden triangle-shaped body and strings.它有一个长长的脖子，一个木制的三角形的身体和弦。结合选项，可知B选项符合题意，故答案选B。
【30题详解】
细节理解题。根据The music played with it can be cheerful, ……it can also be energetic,可知，巴拉莱卡琴演奏的音乐通常是欢快而充满活力的，故答案选D。
【31题详解】
段意归纳题。通读第三段可知，本段讲述的是Andreev改进了Balalaika，他创造了一整套不同大小的Balalaika，都有三根弦。他还创立了世界上第一支巴拉莱卡管弦乐队。结合选项，可知D选项“Andreev对Balalaika的贡献”，最能概况本段，故答案选D。
【32题详解】
标题归纳题。通读全文可知，本文主要介绍了俄罗斯的一种传统乐器Balalaika，结合选项，可知C选项符合题意，故答案选C。

C(2020 · 温州)

Tide is the regular rise and fall of the ocean level caused by the movement of the sun, the earth and the moon. It is considered a promising source of green energy to produce electricity in coastal areas.
To make use of tidal energy, we need to build tidal power stations. The bays and the river mouths where the tide is high (the tidal range is more than 10 metres) are usually perfect sites to build tidal power stations. There are many such places in the world. According to the IRENA (the International Renewable Energy Agency), by just using 2% of our coastlines, we can produce 4, 383TWh of ocean power each year, enough to meet 16. 4% of the world's electricity needs.
To build a tidal power station, we need to build a dam. In the dam are many turbines and on each turbine there is an electric generator. When the tide rises, water comes through the dam, the turbines turn and the electric generators work, producing electricity. When the tide fall, water goes out through the dam, the turbines turn again. The electric generators continue to work.
Tidal energy has it advantages. Using tidal energy to produce electricity is much cheaper than using the traditional energy, like coal or gas. For example, the Rance Tidal Power Station in France has been there for over 50 years, producing around 540, 000TWh of electricity each year. The cost is only 1.3 cents/TWh. Tidal energy can be used nearly 24 hours a day. As long as the sun, the earth and the moon exist, we can use it to produce electricity. But without sunshine, here is no solar energy. When there is no wind, electric generators will not work. In addition, with the development of modern technology, tidal energy can be stored and used to produce electricity continuously. However, we still have some problems to solve. It is difficult to build a dam in the sea, and the cost is very high. Moreover, it's expensive to keep a tidal power station in is best condition.
Scientists are working on them.
33. A tidal power station is best built __________.
A. at a river mouth with wind B. along the coast with waves
C. in a bay with tide high enough D. in coastal areas with sunshine
34. The underlined word "turbine" in Paragraph There is a machine to__________.
A. make the tide rise and fall B. make an electric generator work
C. let water go through the dam D. keep the dam in good condition
35. What advantage does tidal energy have?
A. We can use it to get useful tide. B. It can improve the ocean environment.
C. We can use it nearly all the time. D. It meets 16. 4% of the electricity needs.
36. How can we make better use of tidal energy?
A. By digging more bays and river mouths.
B By building cheaper tidal power stations.
C. By closing traditional electric power.
D. By using tidal energy to replace other energy.

【答案】33. C 34. B 35. C 36. B
【解析】
本文主要向我们介绍了潮汐能，它的优势以及目前存在的问题。
【33题详解】
细节理解题。根据第二段中“The bays and the river mouths where the tide is high (the tidal range is more than 10 metres) are usually perfect sites to build tidal power stations.”可知，涨潮时(潮差超过10米)的海湾和河口通常是建造潮汐发电站的理想地点。故选C。
【34题详解】
推理判断题。分析第三段中“In the dam are many turbines and on each turbine there is an electric generator. When the tide rises, water comes through the dam, the turbines turn and the electric generators work, producing electricity. When the tide fall, water goes out through the dam, the turbines turn again.”可知，水坝里有许多涡轮机，每个涡轮机上都有一个发电机。涨潮时，水通过大坝，涡轮转动，发电机工作，产生电力。退潮时，水流通过大坝流出，涡轮再次转动。所以turbine是让发电机工作的机器。故选B。
【35题详解】
推理判断题。A：我们可以用它来获取有用的潮汐。B：它可以改善海洋环境。C：我们几乎可以随时使用它。D：满足16.4%的电力需求。根据第四段中“Using tidal energy to produce electricity is much cheaper than using the traditional energy, like coal or gas.”和“In addition, with the development of modern technology, tidal energy can be stored and used to produce electricity continuously.”可知，潮汐发电的优势一是利用潮汐能发电比使用煤炭或天然气等传统能源要便宜得多；二是随着现代技术的发展，潮汐能可以被储存起来，并用于持续发电。结合选项，故选C。
【36题详解】
细节理解题。A：挖掘更多的海湾和河口。B：通过建造更便宜的潮汐发电站。C：通过关闭传统电力。D：利用潮汐能来替代其他能源。根据第二段中“To make use of tidal energy, we need to build tidal power stations.”可知，为了利用潮汐能，我们需要修建潮汐能电站。结合选项，故选B。

D
A few months ago I was nominated for Governor of the great state of New York, to run against Stewart L. Woodford and John T. Hoffman. I really felt dirty to run against them for all their shameful crimes that were reported on newspapers. However, as a candidate, I had no choice.
The next morning, as I was looking listlessly over the papers at breakfast, I came across this paragraph:
PERJURY- Mr. Mark Twain, a candidate for Governor, was convicted of perjury by thirty-four people, in Wakawak, in 1863. He intended to rob a poor woman of her land, her only stay and support after her husband died. For Mr. Twain himself, as well as the public, he needs to clear this matter up. Will he do it?
What a lie! I never had heard of Wakawak!
During the rest of the time, I got a title "the Infamous Perjurer Twain" on this paper.
Next came "Gazette", with this:
WANTED TO KNOW -When Mr. Twain was in Montana, his workmates lost small valuables from time to time, until at last, these things having all been found on Mr. Twain's person or in his suitcase. Will he explain this to his fellow-citizens?
I got a new title, "Twain, the Montana Thief". But I never was in Montana in my life.
Then another newspaper article:
DELIRIUM TREMENSTWAIN-Mark Twain, who was to make a speech at the mass meeting of the Independents last night, didn't come to time! He argued that he had been knocked down by a runaway team and his leg broken in two places. But a certain man who was very drunk was seen to reel into Mr. Twain's hotel last night. It is his duty to prove that this person was not Mark Twain himself WHO WAS THAT MAN?
I did not drink!
In the following weeks, I got more titles like "Delirium Tremens", "Body-Snatcher", "Filthy Corruptionist ", etc. Then one morning:
Mr. Mark Twain still maintains SILENCE. He dare not speak. Dare he open his mouth to explain?
Before I could reply, more dirty charges poured up on me. One day they even taught nine little children of all shades of colour to rush on to the platform at a public meeting and call me Pa (father)!
I gave up. I sent them a letter to state that I gave up, and in bitterness of spirit I signed it, "Truly yours, Once a decent man but now MARKTWAIN, IP. , M. T., D. T. , B. S. and FC. "
37. In the story, __________ people were running for Governor.
A. Three B. Four C. Five D. Six
38. Which of the following is TRUE about Mr. Twain according to his story?
A. He got punished for stealing in Montana.
B. He kept silent to the charges against him.
C. He was often too drunk to attend meetings.
D. He accepted the titles from the newspapers.
39. Who could be the person making Mr. Twain dirty?
A. The persons who wanted to beat him.
B. The poor who wanted their land back.
C. The women who had children with him.
D. The reporters who helped him make news.
40. Why did Mr. Twain finally decide to give up running for Governor? (请用约40词回答)
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

【答案】37. A 38. B 39. A
40. While he was running for Governor, many articles on newspapers poured untrue charges on him and some shameful things happened to him. He felt surprised, angry, dirty and disappointed, and finally decided to give up running for Governor. (38词）

【解析】
文中Mr. Twain 在竞选美国纽约州州长过程中，不断地受到不实指控、抹黑。他感到震惊、愤怒和不齿。他对此感到极度失望, 最后他放弃了竞选。
【37题详解】
细节理解题。根据“A few months ago I was nominated for Governor of the great state of New York, to run against Stewart L. Woodford and John T. Hoffman.”可知，马克吐温和Stewart L. Woodford以及John T. Hoffman二人竞争，所以一共有三人。故选A。
【38题详解】
推理判断题。A：他在蒙大拿州因偷窃而受到惩罚。根据“But I never was in Montana in my life.”可知，他从来没去过蒙大拿州，该项表述错误；B：他对对他的指控保持沉默。根据“Mr. Mark Twain still maintains SILENCE.”可知，马克吐温对他人的指控保持沉默，该项表述正确；C：他经常喝得酩酊大醉，不能参加会议。根据“I did not drink!”可知，他不喝酒，该项表述错误；D：他接受了报纸给他的称呼。根据“I gave up. I sent them a letter to state that I gave up, and in bitterness of spirit I signed it”可知，马克吐温最终放弃了，没有接受报纸给他的称呼，该项表述错误。故选B。
【39题详解】
推理判断题。根据“I really felt dirty to run against them for all their shameful crimes that were reported on newspapers.”和“Before I could reply, more dirty charges poured up on me.”可知，马克吐温的竞争者做出过不齿的行为，他不屑与其竞争，但是后来越来越多莫须有的指控接踵而来，所以推测应该是其他两位竞争者为了打败他而造的谣。故选A。
【40题详解】
分析文章内容可知，马克吐温在竞选州长的时候，报纸上的许多文章对他进行了不实的指控，编造了一些可耻的事放在他身上。他感到惊讶、愤怒、肮脏和失望，最后决定放弃竞选州长。故填While he was running for Governor, many articles on newspapers poured untrue charges on him and some shameful things happened to him. He felt surprised, angry, dirty and disappointed, and finally decided to give up running for Governor. (38词）

2021年

一、杭州
My name is Ryan and last summer my family and I went to an island for our summer vacation. There were so many fun and interesting things to do on the island, but my favorite was fishing. Every day, my mom, my dad, my younger brother Derek and I went to the beach. We took our little fishing boat with us. Mom didn’t like fishing, so she stayed on the beach and read a book.
One morning, while we were fishing, we heard a loud noise. “What was that?” I asked. “Oh, don’t worry, Ryan. It might be a turtle（海龟）swimming under the boat,” said Dad, Derek and I looked around the boat, but we couldn’t see anything. Then we heard a different noise, which sounded like an animal. “Look, Dad, there it is!” shouted Derek. It was a sea turtle and it couldn’t swim well. “Let’s go closer and see what’s wrong with it,” Dad said.
When we got closer, we saw that there was a piece of plastic（塑料）around the turtle’s legs. “Let’s help it,” I said. So Dad jumped into the water, swam to the turtle and brought it back to the boat. “There you go, little turtle; now you can swim to your family, “Dad said as he cut the plastic off. Then Derek and I put it back in the water. “I know! We should make a sign about not throwing rubbish into the sea, and put it in the sand on the beach,” I said. “I’ll help, too,” said Derek. “Great idea, boys. If we don’t all do something to stop sea pollution, these sea animals will die.”
1．What did Ryan like doing best?
A．Boating. B．Fishing. C．Swimming. D．Reading.
2．Who cut the plastic off the turtle?
A．Ryan. B．Derek. C．Father. D．Mother.
3．Why did Ryan want to put up a sign?
A．To welcome people. B．To feed sea animals.
C．To use the rubbish again. D．To stop sea pollution.

【答案】
1．B
2．C
3．D
【分析】
本文介绍了作者和家人去了一个小岛度暑假。在岛上救了一只海龟的事情，并在海边立了一个不要往海里扔垃圾的标志牌子。
1．
细节理解题。根据“There were so many fun and interesting things to do on the island, but my favorite was fishing.”可知，作者最喜欢钓鱼。故选B。
2．
细节理解题。根据“Dad said as he cut the plastic off.”可知，是爸爸割掉了塑料。故选C。
3．
细节理解题。根据“We should make a sign about not throwing rubbish into the sea, and put it in the sand on the beach,”可知，他们立牌子的目的是想阻止海洋污染。故选D。



Have you ever thought how important T-shirts are in your life? I don’t mean expensive designer T-shirts, After all, just because you spend a lot of money on a shirt doesn’t mean that it looks good. I’m talking about the T-shirts that say something about you, like where you’ve been, what you like, or what you think. Those are often the T-shirts that we feel the most comfortable in and that we wear again and again. I’m going to tell you about two T-shirts that I really, really love and explain why.
I’ve been to London twice. The first time I went I saw this shirt in a souvenir（纪念品）shop and my dad bought it for me. I really loved the design and the colors. And it reminds me of something funny that happened. One day we were travelling around the center of London. We almost got lost, but we found our way — thanks to the picture on this T-shirt!
Sometimes I’ve bought clothes that I’ve never worn or that I’ve only worn once or twice. But I’ve worn(and washed o)this T-shirt hundreds of times. I love music and I love Adele. I haven’t seen many of my favorite artists live, but I bought this when I went to Adele’s concert two years ago. It was a great concert and this is a great souvenir. And white T- shirts go with anything, not just jeans!
So, those are just two of my favorite T-shirts that tell a story. What about yours?
posted 16th April at 16:57 post a comment
I’ve never been to China and I don’t know any Chinese, but one of my favorite T-shirts has the Chinese characters on it. One of the reasons that I like it is because I love the bright colors of the characters. And it has sentimental（情感）value. Last year, my brother studied in Beijing and he gave me this when he came home.
Nuria Gil, Spain

4．What did Sara’s T-shirt help her family do in London?
A．Find a souvenir shop. B．Know where they were.
C．Take a short way. D．Remember who they were.
5．Why is the other T-shirt so important to Sara?
A．It has never been worn before. B．It washes well.
C．It was bought at Adele’s concert. D．It goes with jeans.
6．What does Nuria think of her T-shirt?
A．It is old. B．It is simple. C．It is expensive. D．It is valuable.
7．What is the purpose of this blog?
A．To produce popular T-shirts. B．To make an ad for T-shirts.
C．To introduce favorite T-shirts. D．To offer a design for T-shirts.

【答案】
4．B
5．C
6．D
7．C
【分析】
文章讲述了Sara的和Nuria Gil的不同的意义的T恤衫的故事，包括为什么买，以及对她们的意义是什么。
4．
细节理解题。根据“One day we were travelling around the center of London. We almost got lost, but we found our way — thanks to the picture on this T-shirt!”可知，T恤衫帮助作者知道了他们在哪里，故选B。
5．
细节理解题。根据“I love music and I love Adele. I haven’t seen many of my favorite artists live, but I bought this when I went to Adele’s concert two years ago. It was a great concert and this is a great souvenir. And white T- shirts go with anything, not just jeans!”可知，另一件T恤是在阿黛尔的演唱会上买的。所以对她很重要，故选C。
6．
细节理解题。根据“One of the reasons that I like it is because I love the bright colors of the characters. And it has sentimental（情感）value.”可知，Nuria认为她的T恤对她来说非常有情感价值。故选D。
7．
推理判断题。根据文章的理解可知，主要是介绍Sara的和Nuria Gil两个人最喜欢的T恤衫的故事，故选C。

Flamenco is very popular in southern Spain. It begins with guitar music and clapping（击掌）and then dancers join the performance. Sometimes a woman dances alone and sometimes she dances with a man. The woman always wears a long, colorful dress. She moves her arms and hands slowly but her feet move in fast difficult steps. The man often wears black. Both dancers click their shoes on the floor when they dance around each other.
Cossack dances are from Russia and Ukraine. They are very energetic-some are more like gymnastics than dancing! Dancers have to be very fit because they jump very high and kick their legs up and down. They often jump over swords（剑）. The movements are similar to traditional Cossack activities, for example, sword fighting and getting on and off horses.
Limbo dancing is first from West Africa but today it is an important part of celebrations in the Caribbean. Young people have to dance under a pole（杆）. The pole is often on fire and the dancer mustn’t touch it! After a successful “limbo”, they put the pole lower and do it again. Some dancers can dance under a pole just twenty centimeters off the ground!
Mask（面具）dances are important for the Dogon people in Mali. Each village makes different masks. They are often huge and colorful. There are masks of people, monsters or local animals like crocodiles and monkeys. Mask dancers are always men and they dance to the sound of drums for hours after the death of a person in the village. Today, Dogon villagers also perform the dances for tourists.
8．What do we know about flamenco dancing?
A．Dancers begin performing before the guitar music starts.
B．A woman dancer often wears a long black dress.
C．A woman dancer moves her hands and feet at different speeds.
D．Dancers clap loudly while moving around each other.
9．What does the underlined word “gymnastics” in Paragraph 2 refer to?
A．A play. B．A sport. C．A celebration. D．A show.
10．Which of the following is limbo dancing?
A． B．
C． D．
11．What is the best title for the text?
A．Dance Jumps and Moves B．Dances for Different Ages
C．Dance Music and Clothing D．Dances from Around the World

【答案】
8．C
9．B
10．A
11．D
【分析】
本文是一篇说明文，向我们介绍了几种类型的舞蹈。
8．
细节理解题。根据“She moves her arms and hands slowly but her feet move in fast difficult steps.”可知，她的胳膊和手移动缓慢，但她的脚在进行快速并且很难做的步伐。故选C。
9．
词义猜测题。分析“They are very energetic-some are more like gymnastics than dancing!”可知，它们非常有活力——有些更像体操而不是舞蹈！此处gymnastics的意思是“体操”，体操属于运动，故选B。
10．
推理判断题。根据“Limbo dancing is first from West Africa but today it is an important part of celebrations in the Caribbean. Young people have to dance under a pole（杆）.”可知，“林波舞”要在着火的杆子下跳舞，结合图片，故选A。
11．
最佳标题题。本文主要向我们介绍了几种类型的舞蹈，选项D“来自世界各地的舞蹈”符合主题，故选D。

When do children start to talk? If you ask a group of parents when this happened, most will say “around twelve months of age”. They will probably even remember what the children said. Many parents keep a diary of their child’s “first words”
We can never predict what a first word is going to be. Often it’s the name for “mummy” or “daddy”, but it could just as easily be the word for an animal or a favorite toy. Everything depends on what has most caught the child’s attention. But one thing is certain: after the first word, others come quickly. By 18 months, most children have learned about 50 words. By two, the total has risen to around 200.
Early words are actually one-word sentences. One of the first features（特征）of language a child learns well is to control the rise and fall of the voice to make the difference between stating and questioning. In English, daddy with a high rising tone（声调）means “is that daddy?” Daddy with a high falling tone means “There’s daddy”. Of course, only very basic meanings can be communicated using tones alone. So it soon becomes necessary to learn some grammar.
In English, grammar means learning to put words in different orders. Children have to see that mummy push is different from push mummy. They start practising such changes at around 18 months. By two, they have learned the basic patterns of word order, and we hear them saying such things as man kick ball and where daddy go.
What are the parents doing all his time? They’re acting as teachers and they always have an active role to play in their child’s language learning.
12．How old are most children when they have learned about 50 words?
A．About 6 months old. B．About one year old.
C．About 18 months old. D．About two years]old.
13．Which might an English child say first when learning to talk?
A．Mummy. B．Push mummy. C．Man kick ball. D．Where daddy go.
14．What’s Paragraph 4 mainly about?
A．Word order. B．Word tones. C．The first words. D．Correcting words.
15．Who is most responsible for a child’s early language learning?
A．Teachers. B．Parents. C．Friends. D．Grandparents.

【答案】
12．C
13．A
14．A
15．B
【分析】
本文介绍了孩子什么时候开始学习语言，孩子在学习语言时父母的作用。
12．
细节理解题。根据“By 18 months, most children have learned about 50 words.”可知，到18个月时，大多数孩子已经学会了50个单词。故选C。
13．
细节理解题。根据“Often it’s the name for “mummy” or “daddy”, ….”可知，“妈妈”可能是一个孩子在学习说话时首先要说的。故选A。
14．
主旨大意题。根据“In English, grammar means learning to put words in different orders.”及本段的介绍可知，本段介绍了语法规则也就是语序的问题。故选A。
15．
细节理解题。根据“What are the parents doing all his time? They’re acting as teachers and they always have an active role to play in their child’s language learning.”可知，父母是孩子的第一任老师，并且在孩子学习语言方面充当一个积极的角色，所以父母对孩子的早期语言学习负责。故选B。

二、湖州
阅读单选
RED BANK, New Jersey (January 31, 2020). These days, women go to space. They sail (航行) around the world．They have all kinds of adventures (冒险). This wasn’t true hundreds of years ago. Back then, women were expected to stay home. But that didn’t stop these three women from taking off and doing big things.
Jeanne Baret (1740—1807): Baret was a French scientist. She studied plants. And she was the first woman to sail around the world. In 1766, Baret wanted to set sail with a group of scientists. But they were all men. Women weren’t allowed to travel on French navy ships. So Baret dressed up like a man. And she sailed away.

Lady Hester Stanhope (1776—1839): Stanhope was from England.
She wanted to travel. She traveled throughout the Middle East by herself. And she led an archeological dig there. She was the first woman to do this.

Nellie Bly (1864-1922): Bly was a reporter. In 1887, she wrote a story about hidden problems at a hospital. She dressed up like a patient at the hospital. Then she wrote an alarming six-part report. The story made Bly well-known. It also led the way for other women reporters. Two years later, Bly set a world record. She traveled around the world in seventy-two days!

16．The passage is probably from the __▲_ _ column (栏目) of a magazine.
A．People B．Science C．Health D．News
17．According to the passage, __▲_ _ set a record traveling around the world in 72 days.
A．Red Bank B．Jeanne Baret C．Lady Hester Stanhope D．Nellie Bly
18．It is the most important to tell that __▲_ _, if you are retelling this passage.
A．women today have all kinds of adventures
B．women could do great things even centuries ago
C．Jeanne Baret was the first woman to sail around the world
D．Nellie Bly’s report about life inside a hospital made her famous

【答案】
16．A
17．D
18．B
【分析】
文中介绍了三位奋发有为、成就大事的女性。
16．
推理判断题。根据“But that didn’t stop these three women from taking off and doing big things.”及文中对三名女性的介绍，可知主要讲人物，可能选自杂志的人物专栏。故选A。
17．
细节理解题。根据“Two years later, Bly set a world record. She traveled around the world in seventy-two days!”可知Nellie Bly创造了72天环游世界的记录。故选D。
18．
细节理解题。根据“This wasn’t true hundreds of years ago. Back then, women were expected to stay home. But that didn’t stop these three women from taking off and doing big things.”可知转述这篇文章的时候，最重要的是要提到即使在几个世纪以前，女人也能做出伟大的事情。故选B。
The first emperor of China, Qin Shihuang, completed a huge number of projects during his rule. Between 221 and 210 B．C．, he started the building of the Great Wall. The emperor also ordered the building of a huge army of life-sized terracotta soldiers（士兵）. These, he hoped, would protect his tomb after his death.
Lost in Time
The soldiers in Xi’an’s terracotta museum are today light brown, but they weren’t always. They began as an army of red, blue, yellow, green, white, and purple. Sadly, most of the colors did not last to the present day. After being exposed（暴露）to air during digging, the coating under the paint began to fall off. The paint disappeared in less time than it takes to boil an egg, taking away with it important pieces of history.
New Technology
Now new technology is starting to show the army’s true colors. Archeologists（考古学家）have recently discovered an area with more than a hundred soldiers. Many of these still have their painted features, including black hair, pink faces, and black or brown eyes. Chinese and German researchers have developed a chemical liquid（液体）to help save the soldiers’ colors. After finding a soldier or another art piece, archeologists put the liquid on it. They then cover it in plastic.
Back to Life
Archeologists are also finding colors in the dirt around the soldiers. It’s important not to do anything with the dirt, so the colors won’t be lost. “We are treating the dirt as an art piece,” says Rong Bo, the museum’s leading archeologist. The next challenge, says Rong Bo, is to find a way to use the colors onto the army-again. Once that happens, artists can bring Emperor Qin’s army back to its full, bright colors.
19．What is the passage mainly about?
A．The death of Emperor Qin Shihuang.
B．How the terracotta army was colored.
C．The true colors of the terracotta soldiers.
D．How the soldiers lived during Qin Dynasty.
20．What does the underlined word “they” in the passage refer to?
A．Archeologists. B．Artists. C．Researchers. D．Soldier.
21．Which statement would Rong Bo probably agree?
A．The soldiers should stay in their present, brown color.
B．People should try to bring back the army’s bright colors.
C．Archeologists can only guess at the soldiers’ true colors.
D．Artists should be able to paint the soldiers in colors they want.

【答案】
19．C
20．A
21．B
【分析】
兵马俑中国的第一个皇帝秦始皇在位期间曾下令建造的，它原本是有颜色的，但在挖掘过程中暴露在空气中后，油漆下面的涂层开始脱落。幸运的是有了现代技术，艺术家们有望让兵马俑重现绚丽的色彩。
19．
主旨大意题。根据文意和短文第二段“The soldiers in Xi’an’s terracotta museum are today light brown, but they weren’t always. They began as an army of red, blue, yellow, green, white, and purple.”可知，文章开头引出了兵马俑，并告诉我们兵马俑本来是有颜色的，但今天我们看到的却是棕色的。文章分析了造成这种结果的原因，并介绍利用现代的新技术，兵马俑的颜色有望重新恢复。C选项“兵马俑真正的颜色”最符合文章大意，故选C。
20．
细节理解题。根据语境上句话“After finding a soldier or another art piece, archeologists put the liquid on it.”提到考古学家们在发现兵马俑或其他艺术品后，把液体放在上面。这句话中“他们用塑料覆盖”They指代的就是“考古学家”，故选A。
21．
推理判断题。根据最后一段“The next challenge, says Rong Bo, is to find a way to use the colors onto the army-again. Once that happens, artists can bring Emperor Qin’s army back to its full, bright colors.”可知，Rong Bo说下一个挑战是找到一种方法再次在军队中使用这些颜色，然后让秦始皇的军队重现其绚丽的色彩。B选项“人们应该试着恢复军队鲜艳的颜色”与Rong Bo观点一致。故选B。
Why is it that the people you meet when backpacking (背包旅行) seem to be more interesting and outgoing than your friends at home? That’s my experience, anyway. Very often, you’ll meet people that are fun to travel with and worth getting to know. I’ve spent time with people of many countries and have found out some interesting things about their cultures. It’s a great way to learn more about the world.
It’s often easy to make new friends while you’re traveling, and you’ll be able to hang around with them for a few days, until one of you leaves for the next exciting place. Relationships of this kind are shorter but can be just as strong as friendships back home, because you do so much together in that short time. I often find I like to share things about myself that I’d never say to my close friends. It is safe, I think, because we probably won’t meet again, except online.
One thing that’s important when you’re backpacking is to make sure you carry only basic needs, so your backpack isn’t too heavy. I travel “light” these days. One good tip someone gave me is to take old clothes and just throw them away when you move on, instead of washing and waiting for things to dry. Many hostels (小旅社) don’t provide shampoo and shower gel. You can get mini bottles in supermarkets.
I’ve discovered that many backpackers visit little places other tourists don’t go to, and by using local shops and guest houses, they help those places with much-needed financial (经济上的) support. Most small guest houses allow you to stay for unlimited time, so you can spend as long as you like exploring the local area. Backpackers are also kinder to the environment, because they use trains and buses rather than cars. So, what are you waiting for?
(By Andy Robinson)
22．According to Andy, friendships made with other backpackers __▲__
A．are less serious than those with his friends at home
B．end at the moment they separate from each other
C．help him to decide where he would like to travel to
D．allow him to talk about himself in an honest way
23．Which text message would Andy send to a friend?
A．“Why don’t you fly out to visit me? We’ll stay in a famous hotel on the coast.”
B．“I’m leaving here tomorrow and then I will drive a car along the coast.”
C．“I’ve met some great people. Tomorrow we’re going by boat to an ancient village in the mountains together.”
D．“I’m glad I filled up my backpack — I’ve got everything I need, though it isn’t easy to carry it around!”
24．The best title for the passage can be __▲__.
A．Friendships on the Way B．Traveling with a Backpack
C．A Backpacking Experience D．Tips on Travel

【答案】
22．D
23．C
24．B
【分析】
文中主要介绍了背包旅行的相关内容。
22．
细节理解题。根据“I often find I like to share things about myself that I’d never say to my close friends.”可知与其他背包客建立的友谊让Andy能够诚实地谈论自己。故选D。
23．
推理判断题。根据“Very often, you’ll meet people that are fun to travel with and worth getting to know.”可知Andy旅行时可能会遇到能一起旅行的人；再由“I’ve discovered that many backpackers visit little places other tourists don’t go to”可知Andy可能会去其他游客很少去的小地方参观；又由“Backpackers are also kinder to the environment”可知Andy会选择对环境有益的交通工具，由此可推出他会给朋友们发送这样一封邮件“我遇到了一些很棒的人。明天我们一起乘船去山里的一个古村落。”故选C。
24．
标题归纳题。通读全文内容可知文中主要介绍了背包旅行的相关内容，用“Traveling with a Backpack”做标题最合适。故选B。

Masa walked slowly towards the house, stopping now and then to cut off dead leaves or fading flowers. There were few weeds (杂草). Yuki had spent many hours of her two-week visit weeding in the garden. Masa wondered if Yuki had spent so much of her time outside because she wanted to avoid talking to her.
But Yuki must have wanted very much to see us, Masa told herself. She had visited in the last weeks of June, as soon as her college was out for the summer.
She said she wanted to stay longer but couldn’t because she had to work. Besides, she needed to use the studio at her college for photography and she had to go to the library to read.
“Why do you have to go to college to study art?” Masa asked her. “All the great artists didn’t go to college.”
Yuki shook her head. “That was a different time. It’s hard to explain.”
“I was thinking you could live with us all year round and still be an artist. This is a nice quiet place to live.”
“I don’t know. How would I support myself here?” “You can always give lessons.” Masa said.
“But I don’t want to spend a long time looking at kids’ drawings.”
“What will you do after you graduate, anyway? Will you become a teacher somewhere else then?”
“Grandma, I don’t know.” Yuki sighed.
“What is the use of going to college if you don’t know what you’re going there for?” “Maybe I’m going because I don’t know. I just want to study art now. I don’t want to think that far ahead.”
The minute Masa was going to point out that this was too careless a way to live, Yuki suddenly stood up and put on her straw hat.
“I’m going to the garden to weed your flowerbed,” she said, “Let me know if there’s something else I can do.”
On Yuki’s visit, Masa felt strained when they talked, and she was sure Yuki also felt it. But Yuki was never rude or irritable (易怒的). Even when they disagreed, her face was always full of patience.
25．According to the passage, Yuki was __▲__.
A．a gardener B．an artist C．a college student D．an art teacher
26．From the underlined sentence, we can infer (推断) that Yuki wanted to __▲__.
A．end the conversation B．weed the flowerbed
C．leave Masa’s garden D．take some photos
27．It can be learnt from the passage that __▲___.
A．Yuki studied art because she wanted to be a teacher
B．Masa wasn’t satisfied with Yuki’s work in the garden
C．Masa and Yuki agreed on living together all the year
D．Masa and Yuki had very different ideas about college
28．The underlined word “strained” in the last paragraph probably shows Masa felt something __▲__.
A．unforgettable B．uncomfortable C．thankful D．crazy

【答案】
25．C
26．A
27．D
28．B
【分析】
文章讲Masa和孙女Yuki对于上大学的看法有很大不同，但Yuki并没有因为奶奶的话而生气，她总是很有耐心。
25．
细节理解题。根据“She had visited in the last weeks of June, as soon as her college was out for the summer.”可知Yuki是一名大学生。故选C。
26．
推理判断题。上文讲Masa和Yuki对于上大学的看法有很大不同，结合“The minute Masa was going to point out that this was too careless a way to live, Yuki suddenly stood up and put on her straw hat.”可知Masa正要指出Yuki的生活方式太不仔细，而Yuki不愿继续谈下去才突然站起来戴上草帽，她是想终结对话。故选A。
27．
推理判断题。根据第四至十一段中Masa和Yuki之间的对话可知，Masa不想Yuki去上大学，但Yuki想要去上大学，两人产生了争论，由此可知Masa和Yuki对大学有非常不同的看法。故选D。
28．
推理判断题。根据“and she was sure Yuki also felt it. But Yuki was never rude or irritable (易怒的). Even when they disagreed, her face was always full of patience.”可知两人的对话出现了争议，Masa和Yuki的感觉一样是不好的，“strained”应是一种不舒服的感觉。故选B。

三、嘉兴、舟山
阅读单选

Takeover Day
Want to be a football coach, a policeman or a musician? If you could do any job for a day, what would it be? Takeover Day offers young people this chance.
Takeover Day is an event for young people to “take over” the day from adults(成年人). Of course, it’s difficult to give someone the job of a film star or a model！However, Takeover Day has offered young people jobs as news reporters, teachers and even politicians(政客).
The event serves two purposes. First, it gives young people experience in different kinds of jobs. Second, adults can learn from young people’s opinions and fresh ideas.
Here’s what the students say about their Takeover Day.
Simon, 16, went to Coventry Football Club. He became coach of the football team for a day: “Having a go at training professional players was an unforgettable experience,” said Simon. “If I had the chance, I would do this job every day.”
Sally, 15, became the head teacher of her school. “I’d go mad if I were a head teacher!” she said. “So many meetings!” Sally thinks she learned a lot. “My favorite part of the day was meeting the school cook and improving the school menus for the week. It was a great chance to tell her what we really like eating!”
Paul, 17, spent the day with an important politician. He even went to a meeting at Buckingham Palace! Paul thought that if everyone had the chance to follow a politician for a day, they’d be amazed. “It isn’t a nine-to-five job. It’s 24/7,” he said “We even had no time for lunch.”

16．What may Simon choose to be in the future?
A．A model. B．A politician. C．A head teacher. D．A football coach.
17．What do Sally and Paul probably think of their Takeover Day?
A．Busy but exciting. B．Peaceful but tiring. C．Amazing and relaxing. D．Easy and unforgettable.
18．Takeover Day is set up for young people to ________.
A．spread ideas B．become famous C．know more about jobs D．work for their schools

【答案】
16．D
17．A
18．C
【分析】
本文是一篇应用文，介绍了什么是“一日职业体验”以及一日职业体验后几位学生的感想。
16．
推理判断题。根据原文“If I had the chance, I would do this job every day”可知，西蒙的一日职业体验做的是足球队教练，他很喜欢这份工作，所以他以后可能会想成为一位足球教练。故选D。
17．
推理判断题。根据原文“So many meetings! … It was a great chance to tell her what we really like eating! … It isn’t a nine-to-five job. It’s 24/7”可知，两人的一日职业体验是忙碌但兴奋的。故选A。
18．
细节理解题。根据原文“First, it gives young people experience in different kinds of jobs”可知，一日职业体验设立的目的是为了让年轻人了解更多有关职业的一些情况。故选C。

Ludwick Marishane, a South African, was with his friends in Limpopo when they started talking about inventing something to put on your skin(皮肤) so you don’t have to take a bath. Ludwick thought that this was a great idea. He did some research on the Internet, and he found some surprising facts.
About 2,500,000,000 people around the world haven’t got clean water. This is a huge problem because dirty water can create illnesses. One of them’ is trachoma: 8,000,000 people all over the world get trachoma every year. They wash their faces with dirty water, get ill and go blind. To stop trachoma, people don’t have to receive expensive medical care. They have to wash their faces with clean water. That’s it.
Ludwick started thinking. He wanted to make something to help people in parts of the world where it’s difficult to find clean water. He did more research on the Internet, and he did more thinking. Ludwick had a plan. He wanted to make a gel（凝胶）for people to put on their skin, so they don’t have to take a bath. When he was at university, he never stopped thinking about his invention. He started to talk to other people about it, and three years later the dream came true. He made the gel and called it “Dry Bath”.
Ludwick is the winner of lots of prizes. People call him “one of the brightest young men in the world”. He is happy about his success. Dry Bath is helping people to be healthy. And Dry Bath also helps to save water. That’s important in many parts of the world, where it’s difficult to find clean water. Now he wants to invent other things and also wants to help other young people to become inventors.
19．Trachoma is a kind of illness that may make people ________.
A．feel hungry B．feel thirsty C．become blind D．become sleepy
20．Ludwick invented the gel “Dry Bath” to ________.
A．treat people with skin trouble B．make dirty water become clean
C．show people how to be an inventor D．help people without cnough clean water
21．Which word best describes Ludwick according to the passage?
A．Creative. B．Brave. C．Honest. D．Humorous.
22．What can we learn from Ludwick’s experience?
A．Luck is very important in achieving success.
B．People can succeed by sticking to their dreams.
C．Young peoplc can casily come up with new idcas.
D．Going to university can make young people smarter.

【答案】
19．C
20．D
21．A
22．B
【分析】
本文是一篇记叙文。非洲少年Ludwick Marishane发明了一种凝胶，使人们实现了不用水也可以洗澡，从而帮助缺乏干净水的地区的人们预防疾病。
19．
细节理解题。根据文中“One of them’ is trachoma: 8,000,000 people all over the world get trachoma every year. They wash their faces with dirty water, get ill and go blind.”可知，沙眼是一种可以致盲的疾病。故选C。
20．
细节理解题。根据文中“He wanted to make something to help people in parts of the world where it’s difficult to find clean water.”可知，Ludwick发明了“干洗浴”凝胶，来帮助没有足够清洁水的人。故选D。
21．
推理判断题。根据课文内容可知，非洲少年Ludwick Marishane发明了一种凝胶，使人们实现了不用水也可以洗澡，从而帮助缺乏干净水的地区的人们预防疾病。故根据文章，“创造性”最能形容Ludwick。故选A。
22．
推理判断题。根据文中“Ludwick had a plan. He wanted to make a gel（凝胶）for people to put on their skin, so they don’t have to take a bath. When he was at university, he never stopped thinking about his invention. He started to talk to other people about it, and three years later the dream came true. He made the gel and called it “Dry Bath”.”可推理出，人们只要坚持自己的梦想就能成功。故选B。

The natural world is colorful with humans, plants and animals showing different colors.
Human skin can be many different colors and it changes with the sun, our feelings or our health for example. This is because of pigments(色素), which reflect light and make what the eye sees as colors. So, when we feel excited or angry, our heart can send more blood to the face and the pigments in the skin become red. This is why we have the expression that someone “sees red” when they are angry.
Plants also have pigments. Color is important for them to live on. The bright colors of flowers catch the attention of insects(昆虫), which then carry their pollen(花粉) from one flower to another. Bees can see colors we cannot, and they follow these to the inside of the flower. Without bees visiting flowers in this way, many plants would die out.
Animals also use color for their own need. They protect themselves with different colors so as not to be seen by predators. The snowshoe hare for example, a type of wild rabbit, changes color with seasons for this reason. During summer it is a brown color, and in winter it is white so that it can hide in the snow. However, some animals use color as a warning to make predators stay away. Bright colors such as yellow and red are often used in this way. Nature, however, is very clever, and predators also use colors to attract(吸引) the animals they feed on.
So, we can see that there may be many different reasons and uses for colors in the natural world. Some uses of color in nature remain unknown, but one thing is for sure, color not only makes our planet beautiful but it is also necessary for our planet to live on.
23．Paragraph 2 mainly tells us that ________ is/are the cause that makes human skin change color.
A．feelings B．pigments C．blood D．sunshine
24．According to Paragraph 3, plants can use ________ to attract insects.
A．leaves B．fruits C．pollen D．color
25．The underlined word “predators” in Paragraph 4 refers to animals which ________.
A．hide in secret places B．kill other animals for food
C．change color with the sun D．protect themselves from danger
26．What is the main purpose of the passage?
A．To describe animals’ ways of life. B．To encourage us to study color in nature.
C．To introduce the uses of colors for life on earth. D．To explain the importance of protecting our planet.

【答案】
23．B
24．D
25．B
26．C
【分析】
自然界中有不同的颜色，这些颜色不仅使我们的星球美丽，在自然界中，颜色有许多不同的原因和用途，它是我们的星球生存的必要。
23．
细节理解题。根据第二段“This is because of pigments(色素), which reflect light and make what the eye sees as colors.”可知，人的皮肤可以有很多不同的颜色，这是因为色素反射光线，使眼睛看到的东西变成了颜色。故选B。
24．
细节理解题。根据第三段“The bright colors of flowers catch the attention of insects(昆虫), which then carry their pollen(花粉) from one flower to another.”可知，植物用花朵鲜艳的颜色吸引昆虫。故选D。
25．
词义猜测题。根据语境“They protect themselves with different colors so as not to be seen by predators.”可知，动物用不同的颜色保护自己，由此可推知predators指的是“以某种动物为食的动物”，B选项“杀死其他动物作为食物”符合语境，故选B。
26．
推理判断题。短文第一段介绍自然界中有各种各样的颜色，第二、三、四段分别介绍了人类、植物和动物对颜色的使用；最后一段总结了颜色在自然界中的重要性。C选项“介绍颜色对地球上生命的作用”符合文意，故选C。

You may study differently from your friends, but your study habits are not wrong!
Kelly and Maria are best friends with a lot in common. They love doing things together, such as going to movies and concerts, shopping, or just sitting at a small cafe. Since they take a lot of the same school subjects, they would love to study together, but they find this impossible. Their working styles are so completely different that they can’t be in the same room while they are studying!
Kelly would like to study in a clean, open space, while Maria works best with books, papers and other things around her. Kelly prefers to study in a totally silent room, but Maria loves to play music or even have the TV on. Kelly can sit for hours without moving, and often gets all her homework done in one sitting. Maria, however, is always getting up, and says that she thinks best when she’s on the move.
You might be asking yourself: which way of studying gets better results? Many people believe that a silent, tidy setting(环境) is the way to go, ________. Some research has even shown that outside noise and untidiness help some people focus(聚焦) their attention, because it makes them form a “wall” in their mind around what they are doing and improves their focus.
So, if you’re a student who chooses to study while sitting at a table in a busy shopping center, don’t worry about it. If you work in total silence, that’s OK; too. Judging from Kelly’s and Maria’s study habits, the best way to study is the way that works for you. In their very different ways, both of them do well in school, and both finish their work within the required time as well.
27．Kelly and Maria are mentioned as an example in this passage to______.
A．discuss two different study habits B．compare the differences in their hobbies
C．show the importance of a good study habit D．express the writer’s worry about their friendship
28．Which of the following is the best to fill in the blank in Paragraph 4?
A．and they have difficulty in study B．and it can be true for most of them
C．but that doesn’t seem necessarily true D．but nobody does research on this question
29．What can we infer from thc last paragraph of this passage?
A．Students who like to study in silence will be more successful
B．Both study habits can help students make progress in their studies.
C．Only a small number of students can study well in a noisy situation.
D．Friends with different study habits can do better by studying together.
30．What can be the best title for the passage?
A．Are you studying the “right” way? B．How can you improve your study habits?
C．Is it possible for friends to study well together? D．What are the advantages of different study setfings?

【答案】
27．A
28．C
29．B
30．A
【分析】
本文是一篇说明文。每个人的学习方式各不相同，通过实例证明，研究适合你的方式就是最好的学习方式。
27．
细节理解题。通读全文可知，凯莉和玛丽亚有各自不同的学习方式，但他们都在学校表现优异，而且都在规定的时间内完成了学业，所以作为这篇文章中的例子，是为了讨论两种不同的学习习惯。故选A。
28．
推理判断题。根据前句“Many people believe that a silent, tidy setting(环境) is the way to go,”后句“Some research has even shown that outside noise and untidiness help some people focus(聚焦) their attention, because it makes them form a “wall” in their mind around what they are doing and improves their focus.”的语境可推测出，空处应是表示转折，说安静整洁的环境不一定是学习的好方法。故选C。
29．
推理判断题。根据文中“Judging from Kelly’s and Maria’s study habits, the best way to study is the way that works for you. In their very different ways, both of them do well in school, and both finish their work within the required time as well.”可推理出，这两种学习习惯都可以帮助学生在学习上取得进步。故选B。
30．
最佳标题。每个人的学习方式各不相同，通过实例证明，研究适合你的方式就是最好的学习方式。故文章的最佳标题应是“你在研究‘正确’的方法吗”。故选A。

四、金华
阅读单选
The world is full of amazing nature, buildings, technology and discoveries. Some are man-made and others happen naturally.

Musical road
In Japan, there are roads that play music as cars travel over them. Grooves（沟）are carefully cut into the surface of the road. The spaces between the grooves make different music as cars touch them. The closer the groves are, the louder the music will be..

Bicycle in the tree
On Vashon Island, Washington, a bike is seen high up in a tree. The bike is not hanging on a branch（树枝）—it is fixed in the tree and the tree has continued growing upwards. The tree grows around the bike instead of pushing it over, making it part of its growth.

Underground city
In Cappadocia, Turkey, a man knocked down a wall of his home and discovered a huge underground city. It has many tunnels（隧道）, rooms and wells. Thousands of shafts（通风井）bring air to even the deepest levels. The city is huge enough for 200 people and their animals to live in.

16．According to the passage, the musical road plays music because ________.
A．the road is huge enough B．cars are running very fast
C．cars touch the spaces between the grooves D．there is a piano on the road
17．What makes the tree so amazing?
A．It’s high up in the sky. B．It pushes a bike over.
C．A bike hangs on its branch. D．It continues growing with a bike inside.
18．In which part of a magazine can we most probably read this passage?
A．Travel. B．Technology. C．Education. D．Health.

【答案】
16．C
17．D
18．A
【分析】
本文介绍了令人惊叹的位于日本的音乐之路，位于华盛顿的树上的自行车以及土耳其的地下城市。
16．
细节理解题。根据文中“The spaces between the grooves make different music as cars touch them.”可知，在汽车接触凹槽之间的空间时发出不同的音乐。故选C。
17．
细节理解题。根据文中“The tree grows around the bike instead of pushing it over, making it part of its growth.”可知，这棵树令人惊奇，是因为这棵树围绕着自行车生长，使自行车成为它生长的一部分。故选D。
18．
推理判断题。根据“The world is full of amazing nature, buildings, technology and discoveries. Some are man-made and others happen naturally.”结合本文主要介绍了令人惊叹的位于日本的音乐之路，位于华盛顿的树上的自行车以及土耳其的地下城市，内容与旅行有关，可推测，本文应该会出现在杂志的Travel部分。故选A。



For as long as we can remember, one of the most popular ways parents use to punish their children has been the “time out”.
It seems that it is a good idea: the child sits on his own to reflect（反思）on what he has done. Then, when the time is up, he will apologize and learn from the mistake.
However, just because it’s something that’s been done for years, that doesn’t mean it is the right thing to do. In fact, very often, children don’t sit nicely and think about what they’ve done. Instead, they need to be told a few (or many) times to go back to their places and stay quiet. They’re not reflecting on why they are in the “time out” at all. More likely than not, they’re probably just really angry, and ‘so’ are the parents. In the end, both the parents and the children make each other unhappy, or even angry.
What can parents do to change this situation? You may have already heard of things like peaceful parenting（育儿）and gentle parenting. These focus on the relationship between parent and child through building trust and love. So, instead of starting a “time out”, try something called “time in”. A “time in” needs both parent and child to stay close until both get calm. After that, the parent, and child can discuss what happened and solve the problem together. If the child can make changes, everyone can then move on.
As we all know, punishment and violence（暴力）seldom work and will never teach the children what the right way to act is. A “time in” can be the great time for the children to learn through mistakes, Kids learn how to build their emotional and social skills through difficult situations. So, instead of punishing them for acting their age, we can use chances to teach and guide them to a place of learning.
A “time in” may take more time, but it does work.
19．During a “time out”, a child is told to ________.
A．stay outside B．make a promise C．sit alone and reflect D．return to school
20．In the writer’s opinion, a “time out” ________.
A．is becoming more popular B．doesn’t always work
C．should be parents’ first choice D．takes too much time
21．When a child has done something wrong, the writer suggests that ________.
A．both teachers and parents discuss how to solve the problem
B．parents try something called “time in” instead of “time out”
C．the child say sorry to his or her parents and learn from mistakes
D．the child stay at home and reflect until he never makes mistakes
22．Which of the following can be the best title for the passage?
A．Why not “time in”? B．Learn from mistakes
C．“Time out” or “time in”? D．No violence at home!

【答案】
19．C
20．B
21．B
22．A
【分析】
本文主要讲了教育孩子时的“time out”与“time in”两种方式，通过分析“time in”方式更有效。
19．
细节理解题。根据第二段“the child sits on his own to reflect（反思）on what he has done.”可知，在“计时隔离”期间，孩子自己坐下来反思他所做的事情。故选C。
20．
细节理解题。根据第三段“However, just because it’s something that’s been done for years, that doesn’t mean it is the right thing to do. In fact…both the parents and the children make each other unhappy, or even angry.”可知，事实上，在“计时隔离”期间，孩子们不会好好地坐着，不会思考他们所做的事情。相反，他们需要被告知几次(或多次)来保持安静。他们根本没有反思为什么他们被“计时隔离”了。所以作者认为，这种处罚不起作用。故选B。
21．
细节理解题。根据第四段“So, instead of starting a ‘time out’, try something called ‘time in’.”可知，作者建议，与其“计时隔离”，不如尝试“家长陪伴”。故选B。
22．
最佳标题题。本文主要讲了教育孩子时的 “time out”与“time in” 两种方式，通过分析“time in”方式更有效。分析选项可知，Why not “time in”?符合主旨。故选A。


①Animal behavior（行为）is an interesting and attractive study. Scientists research the ways animals use to look for food. They study how animals protect themselves from their predators, and which animals kill other animals for food. All of this helps us understand how useful animals can be.
②Each country or culture raises some animals for food. In the United States, people mainly eat meat from cows, chickens and pigs. In other countries, people might raise sheep or buffalo for meat. These differences come in part from weather and other environmental conditions. People around the world eat all kinds of fish and shellfish from oceans and rivers. In some countries, people don’t always choose some animal groups, such as dogs, for food while in other countries such animals may become people’s favorite food.
③ In West Africa, animals provide humans with more than food. They have been helping people do daily work for thousands of years. Horses, oxen, and other work animals pull heavy things. Elephants; camels; and other animals carry people and things from place to place. Carrier pigeons（信鸽）have been used to send messages.
④People also receive health benefits’（利益）from animals. For example, dogs and cats can help calm people down. This is helpful for people fighting illnesses. Animals can also reduce stress, helping people to draw their attention to learning new information, such as reading. When people are walking their dogs or horses, it encourages exercise.
⑤Animals and humans share space on Earth, so keeping a healthy relationship with animals, around us is in our best interest.
23．What is the passage mainly about?
A．Where animals live and how they look for food.
B．The relationship between animals and humans.
C．The different things animals can do in different countries.
D．What humans should do when communicating with animals.
24．The underlined word “predators” in Paragraph l probably means ________.
A．neighbours B．friends C．children D．enemies
25．Which of the following is TRUE according to the passage?
A．People around the world eat all kinds of fish.
B．Horses are helpful for people fighting illnesses.
C．Elephants encourage humans to do more exercise.
D．Africans mainly eat meat from cows, chickens and pigs.
26．Which of the following is the structure（结构）of the passage?
A． B． C． D．

【答案】
23．B
24．D
25．A
26．C
【分析】
本文是一篇说明文。主要介绍了动物和人类之间的关系：动物不仅为人类提供食物、干工作，还和人类有很好的友谊。
23．
主旨大意题。通读全文，尤其是根据“Each country or culture raises some animals for food. They have been helping people do daily work for thousands of years.”和“People also receive health benefits’（利益）from animals.”可知，本文主要是关于动物和人类之间的关系。故选B。
24．
词句猜测题。根据前半句“They study how animals protect themselves”可猜测出，应是他们研究动物如何保护自己免受敌人——捕食者的伤害，故下划线单词“predators”在第一段的意思应是“敌人,enemies”。故选D。
25．
细节理解题。根据文中“People around the world eat all kinds of fish and shellfish from oceans and rivers.”可知，全世界的人都吃各种各样的鱼是正确的。故选A。
26．
篇章结构题。通读全文，第一段综述动物的行为；第二、三、四段分述动物的用途——为人类提供食物、干活和从动物的健康关系中受益；第四段综述动物和人类的关系。故文章的结构属于总——分——总。故选C。

The sound from Miranda’s alarm, clock（闹钟）would not stop. Miranda reached over. and stopped the noise ringing in her room. The action brought her, a few minutes of peace and quietness.
On a usual day, Miranda jumped out of bed even before the alarm clock could ring. She did not. mind getting up early. She loved morning because she could, complete her two-mile run before most of her family members got up. She ran every morning so that she would realize her dream of being the best runner in the school. However, this morning was different. She would go and find out whether the pain in her leg was something that could be easily treated or would stop her. from doing something she loved most: running with the school track team.
As the alarm clock rang out again, ▲ . She cut off the annoying （讨厌的） noise and rose from her bed. She could hear the sound from the kitchen where her mother was making her favourite breakfast of pancakes and bacon. Her mother always made her favourites whenever Miranda was facing a problem or in a bad situation, but she’d never faced anything like this before.
Sighing （叹气）deeply in the quiet room, she tried to stand up. She could feel the pain in her right leg. It was serious but not unbearable. Surely, Miranda thought, it would not be as bad as she had imagined.
She shook her head to clear her thought and got ready to join her mother. As she walked into the kitchen, her mother gave her a big smile. Immediately, Miranda felt comforted. If nothing else, she at least knew one thing was certain. She was not alone in this and that would make all the differences, no matter what the day would bring.
27．What did Miranda usually do every morning?
A．She woke her family up. B．She cleaned her room.
C．She cooked for her mother. D．She ran for two miles.
28．Which of the following sentences can be put in the ▲ in Paragraph 3?
A．Miranda jumped out of bed B．her mother came into her room
C．Miranda knew she had to get up D．the telephone rang at the same time
29．What did the smile on her mother’s face mean to Miranda?
A．Suggestion. B．Encouragement. C．Instruction. D．Agreement.
30．What would Miranda probably do after breakfast?
A．She would go to see the doctor. B．She would go to bed and have a rest.
C．She would join her team members. D．She would join her mother in the kitchen.

【答案】
27．D
28．C
29．B
30．A
【分析】
本文主要介绍了Miranda早起后，并没有像往常一样去跑步，因为她的腿疼，她得去看医生了。
27．
细节理解题。由第二段句子“She loved morning because she could, complete her two-mile run before most of her family members got up.”可知，Miranda通常每天早上跑两英里，故选 D。
28．
推理判断题。由前句“As the alarm clock rang out again”和后句“She cut off the annoying （讨厌的） noise and rose from her bed.”可知，闹铃响了，Miranda知道她该起床了，故选C。
29．
推理判断题。由最后一段句子“As she walked into the kitchen, her mother gave her a big smile. Immediately, Miranda felt comforted”可知，Miranda妈妈脸上的微笑对她意味着鼓励，故选B。
30．
推理判断题。由第二段句子“She would go and find out whether the pain in her leg was something that could be easily treated or would stop her.”可知，Miranda的右腿疼，早饭后可能去看医生，故选A。

五、丽水
阅读单选

Think of space! What comes to mind? No, I’m not talking about planets or aliens. I’m talking about the space we live in! The world is full of different spaces. We can think about spaces in three different ways: public spaces, private spaces and personal spaces.
PUBLIC SPACE
Public spaces are social spaces for everyone to get together. They belong to everyone. But wait! Before you camp in your local park or throw a party at a library, remember that there are rules. The rules are set to keep these spaces clean and safe.
PRIVATE SPACE
A private space is for our own. We all like spaces that need homes, where we can relax and stay alone. We are not allowed to enter a private space freely.
PERSONAL SPACE
This is the space where we sit and stand. Everyone feels different about their personal spaces. People may feel uncomfortable or angry when someone they don’t know gets too close.
We should respect（尊重）all spaces. We should respect public spaces. We can’t leave a mess or take anything that doesn’t belong to us. It’s important to leave no trace（痕迹）in public spaces. We should respect private spaces by asking for permission before entering. And we should respect personal spaces by finding out how much space a friend or classmate needs to feel comfortable. Respecting all spaces helps make us better people. It also helps keep our community safe and fun.
16．According to the passage, is ________ a private space.
A．the library B．the classroom C．your own room D．your local park
17．People should respect public spaces by ________.
A．bringing everyone together B．asking for permission
C．finding out others’ feelings D．leaving no trace in them
18．From the passage we know that ________.
A．personal spaces belong to everyone B．people feel the same about their spaces
C．private spaces make people uncomfortable D．people can think about spaces in three ways

【答案】
16．C
17．D
18．D
【分析】
本文是一篇说明文，向我们介绍了三种空间：公共空间，私人空间和个人空间。
16．
推理判断题。根据“A private space is for our own. We all like spaces that need homes, where we can relax and stay alone. We are not allowed to enter a private space freely.”可知，私人空间是属于我们自己的，我们都喜欢需要家的空间，在那里我们可以放松和独处，我们不允许自由进入私人空间。选项C“你自己的房间”与之相符，故选C。
17．
细节理解题。根据“We should respect public spaces. We can’t leave a mess or take anything that doesn’t belong to us. It’s important to leave no trace（痕迹）in public spaces.”可知，我们应该尊重公共空间，我们不能乱丢东西，也不能拿走不属于我们的东西，重要的是不要在公共场所留下任何痕迹。故选D。
18．
细节理解题。根据“We can think about spaces in three different ways: public spaces, private spaces and personal spaces.”可知，我们可以从三种不同的方式来思考空间。故选D。

Is there something in your community that could be changed? Is there a person in your neighborhood who could offer help? If you’re hoping for someone to make a difference, that someone could be you!
Volunteering your time is a great way to make a difference in your community. And you’ll feel good about doing something that helps people or improves the places around you.
This past summer, my friends and I noticed how messy our neighborhood park was. We wanted it to be different. We worked without parents and teachers to clean up the park. We had a great time making the park even better than before, and now the whole neighborhood is able to share and enjoy it again.
Maybe cleaning up a park isn’t your choice, though. No problem! You can turn anything that matters to you into a volunteer project. Do you like playing chess, reading, or spending time with your pet? You can volunteer to do what you love to do. For example, you could help at an old people’s center, simply by talking or playing games with them to make their days better. If you’re great at math or English. You could volunteer to be a homework helper at your school. You’re always needed to walk dogs or play with cats. Or you can collect things for hopeless people, such as soap and toothbrushes.
You see, there is something for everyone. Whatever you do as a volunteer, your time will be enjoyed and that always feels good. Kids everywhere are making a difference by volunteering. You can, too!
19．The passage is mainly written for ________.
A．kids. B．parents. C．teachers D．neighbors
20．Last summer the writer volunteered to ________.
A．walk dogs B．teach pupils math C．talk with the old D．clean up the park
21．The main idea of Paragraph 4 is that ________.
A．collecting things has a lot of fun B．cleaning up a park isn’t your choice
C．the old people always need help D．anything can become a volunteer job
22．We can infer（推断）that the writer is full of ________ when writing this passage.
A．thanks B．hope C．surprise D．worries

【答案】
19．A
20．D
21．D
22．B
【分析】
文章大意：本文作者通过自己做志愿者打扫公园的事情，呼吁我们尽自己的所能去做志愿者，从而改变自己周围的环境，并就如何做好志愿者给出了一些意见和建议。
19．
推理判断题。根据“If you’re great at math or English. You could volunteer to be a homework helper at your school.”如果你擅长数学或英语。你可以志愿在你的学校做家庭作业助手。以及“Kids everywhere are making a difference by volunteering. You can, too!”各地的孩子都在通过志愿活动来改变世界。你也可以！可以推知这篇文章主要是写给孩子们的，故选A。
20．
细节理解题。根据“This past summer, my friends and I noticed how messy our neighborhood park was. We wanted it to be different. We worked without parents and teachers to clean up the park.”去年夏天，我和我的朋友们注意到我们附近的公园有多乱。我们希望它有所不同。我们在没有父母和老师的情况下打扫公园。可知，去年夏天，作者和他的朋友们自愿打扫公园。故选D。
21．
推理判断题。根据第四段中的信息“You can turn anything that matters to you into a volunteer project.”你可以把任何对你很重要的事情变成一个志愿者项目。结合本段以下的内容，可知本段主要讲述了任何事情都可以成为志愿工作。故选D。
22．
推理判断题。根据“You see, there is something for everyone. Whatever you do as a volunteer, your time will be enjoyed and that always feels good. Kids everywhere are making a difference by volunteering. You can, too!”你看，每个人都有适合自己的东西。无论你做什么作为一个志愿者，你的时间将享受，这总是感觉很好，各地的孩子都在通过志愿活动来改变世界。你也可以！由此可以推知，作者在写这篇文章的时候是充满了希望的。故选B。

Everybody enjoys acts of kindness. But can you explain why? Some people think kindness is something out of love and care, while others believe it is just a tool that we use to become more popular. But research shows that being kind can activate（激活）an area of the brain called Striatum. Research also shows that kindness improves people’s mood（情绪）. But why and how does it happen? Here are a number of different ways.
Being kind can make someone smile. If you see yourself smile in a situation, people around you may be smiling, too. This is especially true for your close friends and family. A kind act makes someone who is sad feel better. It can also make ourselves feel good. So why not set off that chain（链条）of good feelings to people around?
Secondly, being kind starts or develops a social connection with others. Kid acts like buying someone a present make friendships stronger. Research has shown that spending money on others may help you get a stronger feeling of happiness than spending it on yourself. Similarly, charities（慈善） also open up new circles of people to connect with someone on the other side of the world.
In another recent research, even children in their first year of secondary school know how being kind makes them feel happy. If one person is kind, he or she makes others in the group kind. It also lifts everyone’s spirits. Imagine that you make cakes for the office and it makes others do it each month. Then you’re getting cakes a lot more days than providing them.
The story doesn’t end here. Being kind may improve your mood, but research has also shown that if you’re in a good mood, you can act much more kindly. This makes it a wonderful two-way relationship. doesn’t it?
23．The writer lends in the topic by ________.
A．telling a story B．asking questions C．giving examples D．making a survey
24．The underlined word “It” in Paragraph 2 refers to ________.
A．The situation B．The family C．The kind act D．That chain
25．Which of the following best shows the structure of the passage?
A． B． C． D．
26．If you were an editor（编辑）, you’d put the above passage in “________” of a newspaper.
A．Science B．Wealth C．Invention D．Culture

【答案】
23．B
24．C
25．C
26．A
【分析】
本文是一篇说明文，向我们介绍研究表明善良的几个好处。
23．
细节理解题。根据“But why and how does it happen?”可知，作者通过提问来引出这个话题。故选B。
24．
推理判断题。分析“A kind act makes someone who is sad feel better. It can also make ourselves feel good.”可知，善良的行为会让悲伤的人感觉好一些，它也能让我们感觉良好。此处it指的是“善良的行为”。故选C。
25．
篇章结构题。第一段设问，引出文章主题；第二、三、四、五段分别介绍善良让人微笑、善良让开始或发展与他人的社会联系、善良提升每个人的精神以及善良可能会改善你的情绪。全文是总分结构，故选C。
26．
推理判断题。本文是一篇说明文，向我们介绍研究表明善良可以改善人们的情绪。所以推测应该在“科学”版块，故选A。

I came to the United States from Africa to live with my uncle Jim in Maryland. One year later, I lost my sight because of a serious illness.
Jim told me not to go out. He worried I would get lost or hit by a car. But I was dogged. I told him I’d pay attention. I believed I’d succeed. I must succeed. I must put my will into action. I dreamed of being a broadcaster.
Then a neighbor told me that a public library in Washington D．C．was offering a free course, specially designed for blind people. This was an important chance for me.
But how would I map my way? I knew that the American singer Ray Charles, also blind, got around on his own without a cane（手杖）. His secret was to count steps. But I couldn’t see what to do that way. Instead, I developed my imagination, sensing the layout （布局）of places I visited and taking notes of landmarks in my mind.
At first, I would have to stop to imagine and map a new space in my mind. The next time I visited that place, I used that to find the way. Today, I am used to doing it. But I’ve still lost my way many times. I have to swallow my pride to ask for help, not thinking about what others think or say about me.
Sometimes I’d be down and I’d consider giving up. Perhaps my uncle was right. Maybe I’d stay home and wait until someone came to help. On those days, when I lost my way, I’d go to bed with a bad feeling. ▲ . I had a strong wish to beat blindness and be successful, and that was usually enough to get me out of bed. The next day and try again.
Along the way, I learned to be patient with myself and realized that asking for help didn’t diminish（贬低） me in any way. I’ve got three academic degrees so far.
Today, I’m a reporter and broadcaster. I’ve achieved my dream.
Yes, I’ve lost my way many times-and found it again. Yes, I’ve come close to being hit by a car but never been hit by one. When people ask, “Aren’t you afraid to be out alone?” The answer to me is clear: I would face danger and find happiness instead of staying home and being unhappy.
27．The writer ________ one year after he moved to the US.
A．got lost B．became blind C．lost his parents D．was hit by a car
28．Which of the following can be put in “ ▲ ” in Paragraph 6?
A．And my uncle knew it well B．But I kept that to myself
C．And my uncle was with me D．So I gave up trying again
29．What might Jim say when he talks about the writer at the end of the story?
A．That boy can see! B．That boy is so poor!
C．We are free now! D．I’ve done much for him!
30．The best tile of this passage might be ________.
A．An Imagination to Succeed B．Life with My Uncle
C．A Common Way to Success D．Study in the Library

【答案】
27．B
28．B
29．A
30．A
【分析】
本文是一篇记叙文，作者由于生病失明了，但是他没有放弃，经过自己的努力，成功地成为了一名记者和播音员。面对危险，作者选择寻找幸福，而不是待在家里不开心。
27．
细节理解题。根据“One year later, I lost my sight because of a serious illness.”可知，一年后，因为一场大病，作者失明了。故选B。
28．
推理判断题。分析“I’d go to bed with a bad feeling… I had a strong wish to beat blindness and be successful…”可知，作者把不开心的情绪藏在心里，告诉自己要战胜失明，取得成功。选项B“但我没有说出来”符合语境，故选B。
29．
推理判断题。根据“Today, I’m a reporter and broadcaster. I’ve achieved my dream.”可知，作者经过不断的努力，成功地成为了一名记者和播音员。所以他的叔叔对此是开心和赞许的，选项A“那个男孩能看见！”符合情景，故选A。
30．
最佳标题题。分析文章内容和“At first, I would have to stop to imagine and map a new space in my mind.”可知，作者通过在自己脑海中想象绘制出来的地图，帮助自己战胜很多困难，最终取得成功。选项A“成功的想象力”符合主题，故选A。

六、宁波
阅读单选

Book review by Jarrad

On the weekend I read a totally amazing book called The Adventures（历险记）of Siegfried and Hannah. It was such a cool book because it was full of magical journeys to many mysterious lands. You never knew where the characters were going to end up next.
The main characters are a boy called Siegfried and his little sister Hannah. They are always ready for a mysterious adventure every time they step out their door. The book contains twelve separate stories.
I won’t spoil it for you, but what I loved the most was that the main characters were just like real kids. They were the sort of kids that I’d want to be friends with.
I would really recommend（推荐）that you read this book, especially if you like fairies, dragons, magic, adventures and surprises. It is the best book that I have read all year. There was nothing I did not like about this book, except that it should have been longer!

16．What did Jarrad think of this book?
A．Common. B．Amazing. C．Humorous. D．Scary.
17．Who are the main readers for this book review?
A．The students in Jarrad’s class. B．The teachers in Jarrad’s school.
C．People who have read the book. D．Kids who are interested in adventures.
18．What does the cover of this book tell you?
A．What the writer’s name is. B．When the book came out.
C．Who the main characters are. D．In which country the story happened.

【答案】
16．B
17．D
18．C
【分析】
本文是Jarrad对《齐格弗里德和汉娜的历险记》的书评。
16．
细节理解题。根据“On the weekend I read a totally amazing book called The Adventures（历险记）of Siegfried and Hannah.”可知，Jarrad认为这本书非常惊人，故选B。
17．
细节理解题。根据“I would really recommend（推荐）that you read this book, especially if you like fairies, dragons, magic, adventures and surprises.”可知，Jarrad想把书推荐给喜欢仙女、龙、魔法、冒险和惊喜的人，故选D。
18．
细节理解题。根据图片提示可知，图书封面介绍了书中的两位主人公，故选C。

Have you ever entered a tropical rainforest(热带雨林)? Rainforests make up only a small part of the Earth’s surface, about six percent, but there are more kinds of trees than any other area in the whole world.
Tropical rainforests are in Africa, Asia, Central and South America, Australia, and on the Pacific islands. The largest tropical rainforest is the Amazon (亚马逊)Rainforest in South America, which covers 1. 2 billion acres, or almost five million square kilometres. The second largest rainforest is in Western Africa.
Rainforests provide us with many things. In fact, the Amazon Rainforest is the “lungs of our planet” because it produces 20%of the world’s oxygen (氧气). One fifth of the world’s fresh water is also found in the Amazon Rainforest. Furthermore, one half of the world’s species of animals, plants and insects live in the Earth’s rainforests. 80% of the food we eat first grew in the rainforest. 25%of the drugs we take when we are sick are made of plants that grow only in rainforests. Some of these drugs are even used to fight and cure cancer.
There are four different levels of trees in a rainforest. The forest floor is the lowest layer full of animal life and receives the least amount of light. The under storey is the dark, cool environment under the leaves but over the ground. The canopy layer is the upper parts of most of the trees. The emergent layer contains a small number of very tall trees.
These different parts of a rainforest exist together to create an ecosystem for many animals, plants and human beings.
19．This passage is mainly about ________.
A．kinds of forest B．where rainforests are
C．facts about rainforests D．how much oxygen rainforests make
20．The Amazon Rainforest provides us with ________ percent of the world’s oxygen.
A．twenty B．twenty-five C．fifty D．eighty
21．Where can we probably find a tropical rainforest according to the passage?
A．In France. B．In China. C．In Canada. D．In Britain.
22．Which is the right picture to show four different levels of trees in a rainforest?
A． B． C． D．

【答案】
19．C
20．A
21．B
22．D
【分析】
本文主要介绍热带雨林的一切情况，包括最大的热带雨林，雨林的用途以及热带雨林的分层。
19．
主旨大意题。结合全文内容可知，本文主要介绍了热带雨林的一些情况，故选C。
20．
细节理解题。根据第三段“the Amazon Rainforest is the “lungs of our planet” because it produces 20%of the world’s oxygen.”可知，亚马逊雨林为我们提供了世界上20%的氧气，故选A。
21．
推理判断题。根据第二段“Tropical rainforests are in Africa, Asia, Central and South America, Australia, and on the Pacific islands.”可知，热带雨林分布在非洲、亚洲、中南美洲、澳大利亚和太平洋岛屿上，中国属于亚洲，所以我们可能在中国能找到热带雨林，故选B。
22．
细节理解题。根据倒数第二段“There are four different levels of trees in a rainforest. The forest floor is the lowest layer…The under storey is the dark, cool environment…The canopy layer is the upper parts of most of the trees. The emergent layer contains a small number of very tall trees.”可知，雨林中有四种不同层次的树木。地面层是充满动物生命的最低层，接收的光线最少，灌木层是树叶下面的阴暗凉爽的环境，但是在地面上，树冠层是大部分树木的顶部，露生层包含了一小部分高大的树木。根据图示，故选D。

Jason and his father were going to the grocery store by car to pick up some apples. It had been an unusual day. The sky was dark but there were few clouds. As they drove up the street, there started to be a rumbling （隆隆的） sound heard across the ground.
Jason’s father immediately realized that a tornado （龙卷风） was coming. He stopped the car and told Jason to get out immediately. Jason and his father got out of the car and made their way to the closest building. By this time the wind was blowing harder, and it was hard to see or hear. Debris was falling all over the place. Jason couldn’t see his dad anymore. He also realized that he wasn’t getting to the building fast enough. He was afraid he would be picked up by the wind and thrown into the air.
As he made his way towards the building, he noticed a field to his right. He could see an irrigation ditch（灌溉渠）. In a panic, he scrambled （爬） to the ditch and lay flat on the ground. More debris and objects flew overhead. His heart was beating hard, and he was nervous. He had never been in a tornado before.
After a while, the winds died down and the loud roaring sound was gone. Jason slowly lifted his head and nervously looked around. What he saw was a great mess. Jason could hardly recognize the buildings in front of him because of all the damage.
He stood up and with shaky legs walked to the building. Once there, he pushed the door open and went inside. It was a public building owned by the city. It was empty, but Jason could hear noises further inside. He walked into the large room and saw his dad. He ran across the room and gave him a big hug.
“Jason! How are you? I’ve been worried sick about you!” said his father. “I couldn’t find you anywhere!”
Jason breathed a sigh of a relief（松了一口气）and sat down. He did have a story to tell!
23．From Paragraph 1, we can get the ________ of the story.
A．background B．development C．climax (most exciting part) D．ending
24．Which of the following is the right order according to the passage?
① Jason nervously looked around from the irrigation ditch.
② Jason ran across the room and gave his father a big hug.
③ Jason got out of the car.
④ Jason noticed a field to his right.
A．②①③④ B．③④①② C．④①②③ D．③①②④
25．The underlined word “Debris” in Paragraph 2 probably means ________.
A．parts of the tornado B．apple pies C．broken pieces D．drop of rain
26．The story tells us that when we are in danger, ________.
A．we should wait patiently until help comes
B．we should work hard to make our dreams come true
C．we should be brave enough to change nature
D．we should be quick-thinking and believe in ourselves

【答案】
23．A
24．B
25．C
26．D
【分析】
本文是一篇记叙文，讲述Jason和爸爸经历了一次龙卷风，最后安全活了下来，和爸爸团聚。
23．
推理判断题。分析第一段内容可知，第一段交代了故事的背景，故选A。
24．
细节理解题。根据“Jason and his father got out of the car”，“As he made his way towards the building, he noticed a field to his right.”，“Jason slowly lifted his head and nervously looked around.”和“He ran across the room and gave him a big hug.”可知，正确的顺序是③④①②，故选B。
25．
词义猜测题。分析“By this time the wind was blowing harder, and it was hard to see or hear. Debris was falling all over the place.”可知，这时风刮得更厉害了，几乎看不见也听不到，残骸到处都是。此处Debris的意思是“残骸”，故选C。
26．
推理判断题。Jason意识到自己没办法安全抵达大楼后，在慌乱中迅速给自己找到避难的地方，作者借此告诉我们应该思维敏捷，相信自己。故选D。

Have you ever bought something and then changed your mind? For Alison Jenson, 15, this used to happen several times a week. Alison was a shopaholic. She just couldn’t stop shopping and she loved special offers.
Alison’s bedroom is full of stuff. “I’ve been to every shop in Birmingham, I think,” says Alison. She picks up some earrings. The labels are still on them. “These were half price,” she says. “I’ve never won them.” Alison’s problem wasn’t just jewellery. She also bought a lot of clothes, though not many shoes, because they were usually too expensive. She has also bought lots of other small things-like 20 new covers for her phone. She hasn’t used any of them.
According to experts, we all feel excited after we buy something new. For shopaholics, it’s a little different. Soon after they buy something, they think they’ve made a mistake and start to feel unhappy. So they buy themselves something else to feel happier.
Psychologists （心理学家）first described the problems of shopaholics in 1915. However, there was very little research on the subject until recently. Now, doctors think thousands of people suffer from the problem, and the situation is getting worse. There are also more teenage shopaholics now, although most young people don’t have enough money to go shopping very regularly.
Alison knew she had a problem. “I often bought something every day. Usually it was something small, but I just needed to buy it,” she says. “I spent money that I got for my birthday, and when I was short of cash, I borrowed money from friends or my parents. When I couldn’t go shopping, I felt anxious. Then one day, my parents just looked at all the stuff in my room and said, This is crazy!I knew they were right. I needed some big changes in my life.”
Alison now gets help with her problem and feels she has changed. She no longer thinks she’s a shopaholic. “When I want to buy something in a shop, I ask myself two questions,” she says. “Do I need it? Can I afford it? The answer to both questions is usually ‘no’, so I walk away. It’s great!”
27．What do experts say about shopaholics?
A．Shopaholics feel sad when they are shopping.
B．Shopaholics soon feel unhappy after they have bought something.
C．Shopaholics feel more excited than other people when they shop.
D．Shopping is the only way shopaholics can feel happy.
28．The underlined word “they” in Paragraph 5 refers to ________.
A．psychologists B．doctors C．Alison’s parents D．Alison’s friends
29．Which word can best describe Alison’s feeling at the end of the passage?
A．Glad. B．Worried. C．Embarrassed. D．Moved.
30．The best title for the passage above might be ________.
A．Shop Till You Drop! B．Shopping Makes Me Happy!
C．You’d Better Shop Less! D．I Can Stop Shopping Now!

【答案】
27．B
28．C
29．A
30．D
【分析】
本文是一篇记叙文，以Alison为例向我们介绍了“购物狂”的问题，现在她的情况已经好转很多。
27．
细节理解题。根据“For shopaholics, it’s a little different. Soon after they buy something, they think they’ve made a mistake and start to feel unhappy.”可知，购物狂买了东西后很快会感到不高兴。故选B。
28．
推理判断题。分析“Then one day, my parents just looked at all the stuff in my room and said, This is crazy!I knew they were right.”可知，有一天，我父母看着我房间里的东西说，这太疯狂了，我知道他们是对的。此处they指的是“父母”，故选C。
29．
推理判断题。根据“It’s great!”可知，Alison现在感觉很好，故选A。
30．
最佳标题题。本文以Alison为例向我们介绍了“购物狂”的问题，现在她的情况已经好转很多。选项D“我现在可以停止购物了”符合主题，故选D。

七、衢州
阅读单选


Home
Forum
Blogs
Feedback

I’m in trouble.
Last week, we had a football match, and we lost. We played well, but one teammate didn’t do his best, I think. It was like he wasn’t even on the court! Disappointed by his behaviour, I said all this to my best friend. But he told everyone else what I’d said. I’m really angry with my friend-what should I say to him? And should I say anything at all to my teammate?

Reply
There is an old American saying, “Loose lips sink ships.” This means that if you speak too much about something, especially to people who you don’t know so well, it’ll cause all kinds of trouble. Maybe now you’re in this situation. Forget all these unhappy things.
Like 13

Reply
Perhaps most importantly, think about your own behaviour. When filled with anger, you would say whatever comes to your mind. You might hurt others. Take a deep breath, calm down, and always remember: think first, speak later.
Like 11

Reply
In my view（观点）, you should do what your parents ask. They’re much older than you and you should respect them. It’s their house you live in and their money you spend!
Like 10

Reply
Here’s what you need to do. First, apologise to your teammate. Have a chat with him, and tell him directly and honestly that you were talking without thinking. Then tell your friend you’re angry with him for repeating what you said and making the situation worse, but you hope your friendship will move on.
Like 10

16．Tony posted his problems on the forum in order to ________.
A．discuss the match B．show football skills
C．get help from others D．catch his teammate’s attention
17．Which is Lingling’s view according to the text?
A．It’s polite of you to apologise in time.
B．It’s important to ask your parents for help.
C．It’s necessary to say whatever comes to your mind.
D．It’s helpful to keep calm when you’re angry.
18．Whose reply is not relevant（关联）to Tony’s problems?
A．Betty’s. B．Lingling’s. C．Ms Li’s. D．Daming’s.

【答案】
16．C
17．D
18．D
【分析】
文章主要是几个人针对Tony遇到的麻烦进行回复，提出了各自的意见。
16．
细节理解题。根据“what should I say to him? And should I say anything at all to my teammate?”可知，Tony是为了寻求解决办法，所以才把自己的问题发到论坛上，故选C。
17．
推理判断题。根据“Perhaps most importantly, think about your own behaviour. When filled with anger, you would say whatever comes to your mind. You might hurt others. Take a deep breath, calm down, and always remember: think first, speak later.”可知，玲玲认为生气时保持冷静是非常有用的，故选D。
18．
细节理解题。根据“In my view（观点）, you should do what your parents ask. They’re much older than you and you should respect them. It’s their house you live in and their money you spend!”可知，这里回复是与Tony的问题无关的，是Daming的回复，故选D。

Do video games do harm to our children? Today, many children spend a lot of their free time playing games on the Internet. In the UK, 99% of kids aged 8 to 15 play video games every week. This information tells us that the benefits and dangers of video games must be carefully considered.
For many people, video games are fun. They have bright lights, funny cartoons and exciting stories. Everywhere you look, you can see children playing these games. They play on buses and trains, in restaurants and even at school.
Video games are educational too. They make kids think in a creative way and they have to move their hands and eyes quickly. This can improve the way that a child’s brain works. What’s more, video games make children use their imagination. The player has to do many creative things, like drawing, telling stories and building things. Video games are also a good way to teach children about technology because they can learn how computers and other devices work while they play.
However, a recent study suggests that video games can also be bad for children. First, children can download many games for free. This means that parents often don’t know if their children are playing violent or scary games. Second, many children spend too much time playing games on computers and this can lead to health problems. Third, if children spend too much time playing games instead of doing homework, they can have problems at school and get bad grades. Finally, video games can affect children’s social skills. If children spend too much time playing video games by themselves, they might not learn how to play with their friends.
In conclusion, it seems clear that video games have some advantages and some disadvantages. It is up to parents to know what games their children are playing and how much time they spend on them. Parents should also make sure their children get enough exercise and spend time with other children.
19．The underlined word “they” in Paragraph 3 refers to ________.
A．kids B．computers C．video games D．playmates
20．Which disadvantages of video games are mentioned in the passage?
a. result in bad grades
b. make kids feel bored
c. lead to health problems
d. affect children’s social skills
e. cause problems between parents and kids
A．c, d, e B．b, d, e C．a, c, d D．a, b, c
21．In the writer’s opinion, ________ should play an important role in video games play for kids.
A．family B．society C．schools D．game companies
22．What’s the structure of the passage?
A． B． C． D．

【答案】
19．A
20．C
21．A
22．B
【分析】
文章介绍了电子游戏的优点和缺点，并给父母提出几个建议。
19．
词义猜测题。根据“They make kids think in a creative way and they have to move their hands and eyes quickly.”可知，电子游戏让孩子们以一种创造性的方式思考，孩子们必须快速移动他们的手和眼睛。此处they指的是“孩子们”，故选A。
20．
细节理解题。根据“...this can lead to health problems...they can have problems at school and get bad grades...video games can affect children’s social skills”可知，电子游戏的缺点是会导致坏成绩、导致健康问题以及影响孩子们的社交技能，故选C。
21．
推理判断题。根据“In conclusion, it seems clear that video games have some advantages and some disadvantages. It is up to parents to know what games their children are playing and how much time they spend on them.”可知，作者认为父母应该在孩子们玩电子游戏中扮演重要的角色，故选A。
22．
篇章结构题。根据文章的理解，第一段通过列数字的方式举例说明电子游戏的好处和危险必须仔细考虑；第二、三段主要说电子游戏的优点；第四段说电子游戏的缺点；第五段再次总结说明电子游戏有优点也有缺点，要注意如何使用，B选项结构符合，故选B。

Did you have cereal（麦片）for breakfast this morning? If you did, you’re not alone. Lots of people eat cereal for breakfast every day. In fact, cereal is popular all over the world. It all started with one man, Will Keith Kellogg.
Will was born on April 7, 1860, in Battle Creek, Michigan. His first job was as a stock boy at the Battle Creek Sanitarium. A sanitarium is a special kind of place that is a little like a hospital. A sanitarium is meant for people who are ill for a long time or who are getting over a serious illness. Will had other jobs as he got older. But when he grew up, he became a manager of the sanitarium. His brother, John, was the chief doctor there.
One big problem at the sanitarium was the patients’ diets. The patients needed healthy diets, but it was also important for the food to taste good. Will was trying to find a good food choice to take the place of the bread, but it wasn’t going very well. Then, by accident, Will found something even better. He left some wheat to cook too long. When it was rolled out, it formed large, thin flakes. He asked his brother to serve it to the patients, and they loved it! In fact, they liked it so much that they wanted breakfast flakes sent to them even after they left the sanitarium. So Will started a new business in 1884: selling packaged breakfast flakes. Before long, Kellogg’s breakfast cereal was popular in other countries, too. Today, there are many kinds of breakfast cereals. But it all started with one man and one idea.
Will did more than just create breakfast flakes. His company made a lot of money. But he always shared it with others generously. He used much of his money to help children. He also used his money to help in several other charities（慈善机构）. Will Kdllogg died in 1951. But his most famous invention is as popular as ever.
23．Will worked as ________ before he became a manager of the sanitarium.
A．a chief doctor B．a stock boy C．a business man D．a cook
24．Which of the following is NOT TRUE about cereal according to the passage?
A．It tasted better than bread. B．It was Will’s favourite food.
C．It was invented by accident. D．It is popular around the world.
25．Which word can describe Will Kellogg best?
A．Funny. B．Nervous. C．Brave. D．Generous.
26．What is the purpose of the passage?
A．To give advice on eating healthily. B．To introduce patients’ breakfast.
C．To describe Will and his invention. D．To explain how to make cereal.

【答案】
23．B
24．B
25．D
26．C
【分析】
文章介绍了麦片的发明过程以及它的发明人的情况。
23．
细节理解题。根据“His first job was as a stock boy at the Battle Creek Sanitarium...But when he grew up, he became a manager of the sanitarium.”可知，Will在成为经理之前是疗养院的仓库管理员，故选B。
24．
推理判断题。根据“He asked his brother to serve it to the patients, and they loved it! In fact, they liked it so much that they wanted breakfast flakes sent to them even after they left the sanitarium.”以及整个文章的理解可知，病人们非常喜欢麦片，而没有说麦片是Will最喜欢的食物，故选B。
25．
推理判断题。根据“But he always shared it with others generously. He used much of his money to help children. He also used his money to help in several other charities（慈善机构）.”可知，他总是慷慨地与别人分享。他用很多钱帮助孩子们。他还用自己的钱帮助其他几个慈善机构，说明他是非常慷概大方的，故选D。
26．
主旨大意题。根据整个文章的理解可知，文章主要是介绍麦片以及麦片的发明人的情况，故选C。


There are about 1.5 million kinds of living things on Earth, but how many do you see every day? You often see the big colourful animals, like birds, rabbits, and fish. But look more closely. Can you see the small ones, too? Insects（昆虫）make up 80 percent of all the world’s living kinds. Look on the ground. Imagine you could look under the ground, too. Many small living things with one cell live there. Life is everywhere around us, in every cubic foot (a foot= 12 inches).
David Littschwager is a photographer who wanted to find out how many living things lived in one cubic foot. So he made a 12-inch cube with a green metal frame. And then he put it in five habitats（栖息地）. He chose a tropical rainforest（Costa Rica）, a coral reef（Pacific Ocean), the Table Mountain(South Africa), a freshwater river(USA), and a small park(New York). Three weeks were spent at each place. He watched, counted, and took photos of everything down to I millimeter in size—that crawled（爬）or flew into the cube.
The results were amazing. Liittschwager found both common and rare living things. He discovered many new living kinds, like a strange transparent octopus that is the size of a fingernail! In total, more than a thousand living things were photographed. Liittchwager said the One Cubic Foot experience was like “finding treasure”. David Liittschwager also found that the highest biodiversity（生物多样性）in the reef was in the skeleton coral（珊瑚遗骨）. These skeleton coral are suitable for sea living things of all sizes to grow. Although the coral reef had the widest range of biodiversity, all the other habitats were full of life. Even the city park!
27．What does “one cubic foot” mean in Paragraph 2?
A．1 inch x 1 inch B．1 inch x 1 inch x l inch
C．12 inches x 12 inches D．12 inches x 12 inches x 12 inches
28．What did David Liittschwager think of the One Cubic Foot experience?
A．It was valuable. B．It was different. C．It was simple. D．It was common.
29．Which habitat has the most biodiversity?
A．The tropical rainforest. B．The coral reef. C．The Table Mountain. D．The city park.
30．Which of the following is the best title for the passage?
A．Life Is Everywhere B．Find Treasure in Nature
C．Five Habitats to Live in D．A Story of David Littschwager

【答案】
27．D
28．A
29．B
30．A
【分析】
文章介绍了地球上大约有150万种生物，但你每天能看到多少种？生命无处不在，一位摄影师大卫·利特施瓦格，他想知道一立方英尺有多少生物，并做了相应的实验，以及对他的实验的情况介绍。
27．
细节理解题。根据“So he madea12-inch cube with a green metal frame.”可知，他做了一个12英寸的立方体，应该是长宽高都是12英寸，故选D。
28．
推理判断题。根据“The results were amazing. Liittschwager found both common and rare living things.”可知，他认为实验的结果是令人惊讶的，他发现了普通和稀有的生物，所以说这个实验应该是有价值的，故选A。
29．
细节理解题。根据“David Liittschwager also found that the highest biodiversity（生物多样性）in the reef was in the skeleton coral（珊瑚遗骨）...Although the coral reef had the widest range of biodiversity”可知，珊瑚礁有最广泛的生物多样性，故选B。
30．
最佳标题题。根据“There are about 1.5 million kinds of living things on Earth...Life is everywhere around us, in every cubic foot”以及整个文章的理解可知，主要通过摄影师大卫·利特施瓦格的实验告诉我们，生命无处不在，故选A。

八、绍兴
阅读单选

SHARE YOUR TECH PROJECT WITH THE WORLD
Create something with technology and see it showcased online.

Do you love technology? Are you always making new things and thinking up creative inventions? Now you can bring your latest tech idea to life and share it with Coolest Projects online, the world’s leading technology showcase for young people. It’s an amazing chance to get creative, have fun, and celebrate what you have made. You can send any project you’ve created using technology and see it showcased in the Coolest Projects online, for people all over the world to see.
How to take part
Coolest Projects online is free. It is open to anyone from age 7 up to age 18, and you can take part in wherever you are in the world. You can send any new tech creation, using any programming language-perhaps a project coded（编码）in a website, a game, an app or even a robot. It can be something simple or difficult, and your project doesn’t even need to be completed for you to take part. Projects must be sent by 3 May. There will be a live celebration event on 8 June.
Get started and register your project at coolestprojects. org.

16．The text tells us that Coolest Projects online ________.
A．helps people live in a fun way B．allows anyone to see the projects on it
C．is managed by young people D．develops tech projects by itself
17．To take part in Coolest Projects online, you ________.
A．have to be over eighteen years old B．should pay a lot of money online
C．needn’t make sure your project is finished D．can hand in your project after 3 May
18．Young people who ________ would most probably like to read this text
A．are ready to share their inventions B．play computer games well
C．are learning foreign languages D．plan to make friends online

【答案】
16．B
17．C
18．A
【分析】
本文是一篇说明文，向我们介绍可以与世界分享技术项目的网站——Coolest Projects online。
16．
细节理解题。根据“You can send any project you’ve created using technology and see it showcased in the Coolest Projects online, for people all over the world to see.”可知，你可以发送任何你使用技术创建的项目，并看到它在最酷的项目在线展示，供世界各地的人看到。故选B。
17．
细节理解题。根据“It can be something simple or difficult, and your project doesn’t even need to be completed for you to take part.”可知，它可以是简单的，也可以是困难的，你的项目甚至不需要你参与完成。故选C。
18．
推理判断题。根据“SHARE YOUR TECH PROJECT WITH THE WORLD”和“Now you can bring your latest tech idea to life and share it with Coolest Projects online, the world’s leading technology showcase for young people.”可知，准备分享他们的发明的年轻人很可能会想要阅读这篇文章，故选A。


It’s been 100 years since the actor and filmmaker Charlie Chaplin produced the film The Kid, which many consider to be his greatest one.
Like all films at the time, The Kid was made in black and white and was silent (made without any sound, not even the characters talking). The story is about the relationship between “the Tramp”, played by Chaplin, and his adopted (领养的) child, played by Jackie Coogan. The pair develop a partnership where the six-year-old boy breaks windows and runs away, so that Chaplin’s character can offer his services as a window fixer.
Although the film is a comedy, it also has some tragedy, reflecting Chaplin’s own life. He started testing actors for the role of the Kid just a few days after his baby son had died. Chaplin was known for being hard to please, and it is said that if he could, he would have played every role in every one of his films. When Chaplin visited a theatre, a dancer brought his son, Jackie Coogan, on stage, and Chaplin knew he had his co-star (联袂主演者). Chaplin later wrote, “All children in some form have talents; the trick is to bring it out in them. With Jackie it was easy.”
Like the Kid in the film, Chaplin and his brother Sydney grew up very poor. They lived in London and were raised by their mother. When Chaplin was 10 years old, his mum became too ill to look after her sons, so they had to take care of themselves. He later wrote that the film sets in The Kid were based (基于) on the places where he and Sydney had lived with their mother as children. “Perhaps that’s why the film had some truth,” he said.
19．The second paragraph mainly talks about ________.
A．why The Kid was made B．when The Kid was on
C．how The Kid got successful D．what The Kid is about
20．We can infer from Paragraph 3 that Jackie Coogan ________.
A．always visited the theatre alone B．was possibly talented in acting
C．knew much about Chaplin before D．played every role in Chaplin’s films
21．Which of the following is TRUE about Chaplin?
A．He had a poor childhood experience. B．He was brought up by his father.
C．He looked after his mother very well. D．He produced films with his brother.
22．What’s the best title for the passage?
A．A film about a dancer B．A family in London
C．A place or film-making D．A life on film

【答案】
19．D
20．B
21．A
22．D
【分析】
文章讲了卓别林的电影《孩子》寻找角色的过程，并提到他在电影中融入了自己的生活。
19．
段落大意题。根据“The story is about the relationship between ...”可知第二段主要讲电影《孩子》主要是关于什么的。故选D。
20．
推理判断题。根据“When Chaplin visited a theatre, a dancer brought his son, Jackie Coogan, on stage, and Chaplin knew he had his co-star. Chaplin later wrote, ‘All children in some form have talents; the trick is to bring it out in them. With Jackie it was easy.’ ”可知卓别林一看到Jackie Coogan就知道自己有了联袂主演者，且他认为使Jackie Coogan的天赋显现出来很容易，由此推出Jackie Coogan可能在表演方面有天赋。故选B。
21．
细节理解题。根据“Like the Kid in the film, Chaplin and his brother Sydney grew up very poor. They lived in London and were raised by their mother. When Chaplin was 10 years old, his mum became too ill to look after her sons, so they had to take care of themselves.”可知卓别林的童年很贫苦，A项正确。故选A。
22．
标题归纳题。通读全文可知文章讲了卓别林的电影《孩子》寻找角色的过程，并提到他在电影中融入了自己的生活经历。用“A life on film”做标题最合适。故选D。

Dmitry Doronin, a doctoral student from Russia, is keen（热衷的）to share his experience in rural villages in Zhejiang with his 1.4 million followers online.
Since Dmitry started to live in the countryside last August, the 32-year-old has created hundreds of video clips that record the relaxing lifestyle in Hengzhang village, Lishui city. “The rice is grown in the fields together with fish, which helps to increase local agricultural（农业的）products,” said Dmitry, while introducing products from Hengzhang village on the popular Chinese short-video platform Douyin. Besides filming videos, Dmitry also enjoys working with farmers in the fields, doing activities such as planting vegetables and feeding chickens.
Living in a village provides him with unique experiences, he says, quite different from busy life in big cities, such as Shanghai, where he studies. And he has been a pleasant surprise to the villagers as well. Villager Bao Mingyue, 76, says, “To our surprise, the young Russian not only knows how to cook Chinese food but is interested in working in the fields.”
Because of the outbreak of COVID-19, the sales of local agricultural products had dropped rapidly, so Dmitry volunteered to help sell the products in his videos. In a few months, 10, 000 kilograms of oranges, 4,000 kilograms of dried sweet potatoes and 300 kilograms of honey had been sold.
“Thanks to his videos, it seems that more tourists have come to visit our village,” says 72-year-old Pan Xianyu, who is very pleased to see the great changes in her hometown. Dmitry loves his country life. “In the countryside, you can immerse（沉浸）yourself in the traditional way of life and understand this country better,” he says.
According to Dmitry, some Russians’ opinions about China are still out of date, although China has progressed greatly. “I would like to become a people-to-people envoy（使者）of friendship between the two countries by using the Internet,” he says.
23．It can be learnt from the passage that Dmitry ________.
A．has lived in the countryside for years B．is good at catching fishes
C．gets much attention on the Internet D．sells farmers’ products in Russia
24．The underlined word “unique” probably means “________”.
A．common B．special C．similar D．hard
25．The purpose of Paragraph 4 and Paragraph 5 is to ________.
A．show Dmitry’s influence on Hengzhang village
B．advise people to buy the products of Hengzhang village
C．make more tourists interested in Hengzhang village
D．explain why the sale of sweet potatoes dropped
26．Dmitry hopes to help Russians to ________.
A．improve their lives more quickly B．have a better understanding of China
C．study Chinese traditional way of life D．make rapid progress in farming

【答案】
23．C
24．B
25．A
26．B
【分析】
本文主要讲述了俄罗斯的博士生德米特里·多罗宁热衷于在网上与140万追随者分享他在浙江农村的经历，通过发布视频帮助农民销售农产品，并且希望通过自己的努力使得俄罗斯人更好地了解中国。。
23．
推理判断题。根据“Dmitry Doronin, a doctoral student from Russia, is keen to share his experience in rural villages in Zhejiang with his 1.4 million followers online.”可知，来自俄罗斯的博士生德米特里·多罗宁热衷于在网上与140万追随者分享他在浙江农村的经历，由此可推断，德米特里·多罗宁在互联网上引起广泛关注。故选C。
24．
词义猜测题。根据“quite different from busy life in big cities”可知，德米特里·多罗宁认为农村生活与大城市的繁忙生活截然不同，由此推断，“unique”的意思是“special特别的”。故选B。
25．
推理判断题。第四段主要讲述了新冠疫情爆发后，当地农产品销量下降，德米特里·多罗宁帮助销售农产品，第五段主要讲述当地村民感谢德米特里·多罗宁的视频，使得他们家乡发生了巨大变化。由此可推断，第四段和第五段旨在表达德米特里对横张村的影响。故选A。
26．
推理判断题。根据“According to Dmitry, some Russians’ opinions about China are still out of date, although China has progressed greatly. “I would like to become a people-to-people envoy of friendship between the two countries by using the Internet,” he says.”可知，德米特里认为，尽管中国取得了很大进步，但一些俄罗斯人对中国的看法仍然过时。他说：“我希望通过互联网成为两国人民之间友谊的使者。”，由此可推断，德米特里希望帮助俄罗斯人更好地了解中国。故选B。


Visiting outer space is still a far dream for anyone who isn’t an astronaut, but a day trip to the stars is already open for people to order!
A new company (公司), Space Perspective, is planning tests with passengers. It has big plans to run up to 500 flights from different places across the USA by 2024. If successful, reaching the outer side of space could be as easy as flying abroad in a few years’ time. The plan will be for spacemen and up to eight passengers to travel in Neptune, a capsule (太空舱) tied to a balloon the size of a football field.
They will move slowly upwards right to the side of space, 30 km away from the Earth. There, space tourists will be able to look back at the Earth and out to dark space and the sight of millions of stars. Although the price is yet to be fixed, the expensive flight, which will take six hours, is likely to cost over £100, 000. Because the capsule remains within the Earth’s atmosphere (大气层), no special clothing or training are needed. It means that older people or those with health problems will be included.
One problem may be the method of landing back on the Earth. The balloon moves back down from space until it falls down in the sea. Passengers, spacemen, capsule and balloon are then gotten back by ship.
Now Neptune faces competition from the Stratollite, a balloon being developed by a company called World View Enterprises, while the super-rich Richard Branson, Jeff Bezos and Elon Musk are all pouring money into developing business space flying machines. The advantage of the balloon is that it will be cheaper than a space plane or rocket.
Space travel may soon be a reality (现实), but how visitors get there is still a very open question.
27．We can see from the passage that Space Perspective ________.
A．has completed over 500 tests B．wants to use Neptune to carry people
C．has quite a long history D．makes it easier for us to fly abroad
28．According to Space Perspective’s plan, space tourists ________.
A．should wear special clothing B．will land back on the ground
C．can watch the Earth from space D．must keep in good health
29．The writer implies (暗示) in the passage that ________.
A．the race to get tourists into space is becoming hot
B．there will be only four ways for visitors to reach space
C．the Stratollite is popular with space passengers
D．Richard, Jeff and Elon are all short of money
30．The passage can usually be read in the part of ________ in a newspaper.
A．Culture B．Business C．Health D．Science

【答案】
27．B
28．C
29．A
30．D
【分析】
文章主要讲太空旅行可能很快会成为现实，人们正在为此而做出努力。
27．
细节理解题。根据“A new company, Space Perspective, is planning tests with passengers. ... The plan will be for spacemen and up to eight passengers to travel in Neptune, a capsule tied to a balloon the size of a football field.”可知Space Perspective想用太空舱“海王星”运载人。故选B。
28．
细节理解题。根据“There, space tourists will be able to look back at the Earth and out to dark space and the sight of millions of stars.”可知根据Space Perspective的计划，太空游客可以从太空中观看地球。故选C。
29．
推理判断题。根据“Now Neptune faces competition from the Stratollite”可知“海王星”太空舱面临竞争，再由“Space travel may soon be a reality, but how visitors get there is still a very open question.”可知人们如何到达太空是个很开放的问题，由此推出与此相关的竞争变得很激烈。故选A。
30．
推理判断题。文章主要讲太空旅行可能很快会成为现实，人们正在为此而做出努力。属于科学类内容，可能选自报纸的科学部分。故选D。

九、台州
阅读单选
Bruce Kelley, a reporter interviewed people and asked, “What are some of the highlights (最精彩的部分) of your life so far?” Here are some of her answers.
Janie, 35, Canada: high school teacher
“Oh. I’ve been pretty lucky up until now. For one thing. I’ve traveled a lot. I lived in Italy a few years ago. Then after Italy, I went to Central America and worked with a team of volunteers. We were rebuilding homes after a major earthquake for two months. It was hard work but so worth doing. Life has been interesting so far.”
Marcos, 25, Brazil: college student
“Um, I’ve done some interesting things in the last few years. I started a band the year before last, though it didn’t last we broke up after six months. But it was fun. And I’ve been coaching a soccer team in a local primary school for the last two years. We’ve won most of our matches.”
Jing Wei, 25 and Sheng Yang, 27, China: designer and graduate student
“Well, Sheng Yang hasn’t really done anything except study over the last few years, we met when he was getting his master’s in college. Then Sheng started his PhD．Since then, he’s just been giving all his attention to school” “Jing Wei began working at a fashion company last year. That was a big thing for her. She’s been enjoying it so far.”

16．It seems to be a real highlight for ________ in volunteering according to the text.
A．Janie B．Jing Wei C．Marcos D．Sheng Yang
17．From the text above, we can know that ________.
A．Janie joined in rebuilding homes in Italy after an earthquake
B．Marcos has been learning to play soccer for two years
C．Sheng Yang has been working for a few years
D．Jing Wei got a job at a fashion company last year
18．The text is probably from the column (栏目) of ________ in a magazine.
A．Life B．Travel C．Science D．Sports

【答案】
16．A
17．D
18．A
【分析】
本文主要讲述Bruce Kelley采访的四个人对“至今为止生命中最精彩的部分”的回答。
16．
细节理解题。根据第一部分Janie的回答“Then after Italy, I went to Central America and worked with a team of volunteers.”可知作志愿者对Janie来说似乎是真正的亮点。故选A.
17．
细节理解题。根据“Jing Wei began working at a fashion company last year.”可知Jing Wei去年在一家时尚公司找到了一份工作。故选D
18．
推理判断题。本文主要讲述这四个人至今为止生命中最精彩的部分，最可能出现在“生活”栏目中。故选A。


Marianne Carus, who started Cricket（蟋蟀）magazine in 1973 and served as Editor-in-Chief（总主编）until 2012, died on March 3 at the age of 92 this year.
Marianne believed that “only the best of the best is good enough for the young.” In Cricket, children would find wonderful stories with beautiful art, and be encouraged by ideas in the humanities and sciences. Marianne looked for stories from around the world to awaken admiration for different peoples and cultures. Most important, Cricket would never talk down to children.
Marianne knew that children were filled with fun, and she wanted Cricket to be, too —“humor from the heart that makes you laugh out loud. ” And so. she named her literary magazines after a funny group of bugs（虫子）, such as Lady bung and Spider.
Over the years. Cricket has been read by millions of children and given many writers and artists their start Marianne kept a special box of “love letters” to the magazine. She treasured these letters from Cricket readers, including long-ago readers. They told her that their interest in reading had begun with Cricket.
▲ She considered other names, such as Troubadour or Taliesin, the singers and storytellers of old who traveled from one place to another to share their songs and stories. Then one night, she was reading Isaac Bashevi Singer’s memoir（回忆录）A Day of Pleasure about his childhood in Warsaw. In it he wrote∶“There was a stove in Shosha’s apartment behind which there lived a cricket. It chirped the nights through all winter long I imagined the cricket was telling a story that would never end. ” That’s exactly what Marianne wanted her children’s magazine to do—to tell stories that would never end! So the name Cricker became her best choice.
Thank you for everything, Marianne. May the stories, and the laughter, never end!
19．Cricket is a magazine most probably for ________.
A．writer B．children C．artists D．teachers
20．According to the passage, Marianne ________.
A．made an effort to find the best stories
B．raised many bugs as her pets
C．replied to long-ago Cricket readers
D．started Cricket 39 years ago
21．Which of the following can be the best to fill in “ ▲ ” in Paragraph 5?
A．How was the life of crickets
B．When was the magazine Cricket born?
C．What did Marianne think of crickets?
D．Why did Marianne name her magazine Cricker?
22．The best title for the passage can probably be ________.
A．The Life of a Cricket B．Admiration for Different Cultures
C．Best Stories for the Young D．Achievements in Marianne’s Life

【答案】
19．B
20．A
21．D
22．D
【分析】
文章大意：本文主要讲述了Marianne一生最大的成就，详细介绍了她创办《蟋蟀》杂志的事情。
19．
细节理解题。根据“In Cicket, children would find wonderful stories with beautiful art, and be encouraged by ideas in the humanities and sciences.”可知，《蟋蟀》是一本最适合孩子们阅读的杂志。故选B。
20．
细节理解题。根据“Marianne looked for stories from around the world to awaken admiration for different peoples and cultures.”Marianne寻找世界各地的故事来唤起人们对不同民族和文化的敬佩。可知，Marianne努力寻找全世界最优秀的故事，故选A。
21．
词句猜测题。根据下文“She considered other names, such as Troubadour or Taliesin,… That’s exactly what Marianne wanted her children’s magazine to do—to tell stories that would never end! So the name Cricker became her best choice.”主要介绍了给杂志起名为蟋蟀的原因，因此D选项“为什么Marianne把她的杂志命名为《蟋蟀》?”符合题意，故选D。
22．
标题归纳题。通读全文可知，本文主要讲述了Marianne一生最大的成就，详细介绍了她创办《蟋蟀》杂志的事情。因此D选项“Marianne的人生成就”符合题意，故选D。

The Youth Climate Summit (气候峰会) a week-long festival of climate action for primary and middle schools in the UK, starts on 9 November. It aims to create a fairer, more environmental world and make promises that will help the planet. Climate change is the long-term changes in the world’s weather patterns that are mostly caused by human activity. “Unlike world leaders,” say the summit’s organizers, “young people are refusing to let it drop off the plan.”
Each day has a topic, which includes food and fashion, looking at how humans harm the environment and how to save the planet. Organizations are leading some on line activities. For example, the Marine Conservation Society is hosting meetings on protecting sea fish. Separately, the environmental organization Greenpeace is running a workshop on how to turn worn-out clothing into something new and wearable.
The summit will finish on 13 November, when youth ambassadors (大使) wants schools to stop paper waste. Max, another 16-year-old ambassador wants schools to organize more trips and activities that get students outside to experience the beauty of nature. As part of the summit, hundreds of schools across the country are signing up to the Let’s Go Zero activity, aiming to become carbon-zero (零碳的) by 2030.
Carbon-zero schools are ones that promise to stop emitting carbon in seven areas, including where they get their food and how they use water and recycle their waste. The activity is run by Ashden, a charity working towards climate solutions. Ashden hopes that schools will be able to help each other by sharing ideas and methods. It is also calling on the Government to back the promise. Head over to transform-our-world.org where you can find out more.
23．The writer develops the first sentence in Paragraph 2 mainly by ________.
A．telling stories B．comparing facts C．giving examples D．listing numbers
24．Max advises schools to ________.
A．recycle and reuse old clothes
B．prevent students from wasting paper
C．have meetings on saving endangered sea fish
D．provide more chances for students to enjoy the nature
25．The underlined word "emitting" in Paragraph 4 is the closest in meaning to “________”.
A．using up B．taking in C．sending out D．cutting down
26．The purpose of the passage is mainly to ________.
A．explain the problems with climate change
B．develop children’s ability to solve social problems
C．introduce the environmental organizations to schools
D．encourage young people to care more about climate change

【答案】
23．C
24．D
25．C
26．D
【分析】
文章主要讲了气候变化问题及各组织所举办的相关活动和发出的建议，以此来呼吁更多的年轻人关注气候变化问题。
23．
细节理解题。根据“For example, the Marine Conservation Society is hosting meetings on protecting sea fish. Separately, the environmental organization Greenpeace is running a workshop on how to turn worn-out clothing into something new and wearable.”列举了Marine Conservation Society和Greenpeace两个组织的具体行动，表明作者是通过列举具体示例来说明第一句的。故选C。
24．
细节理解题。根据“Max, another 16-year-old ambassador wants schools to organize more trips and activities that get students outside to experience the beauty of nature.”可知Max建议学校多组织一些户外的短途旅行和活动等，以此来帮助学生体验大自然的美，故选D。
25．
词义猜测题。根据“Carbon-zero schools”以及全文都提及气候变化，可推测出"零碳学校"倡导的是停止碳的“排放"。emitting与“sending out”意思相近。故选C。
26．
主旨大意题。根据文中的第一段提及的气候变化和环境问题以及后文介绍了不同组织所举办的各项活动和所发出的各项倡议，可知作者的意图是通过文章来呼吁更多的年轻人关注气候变化的问题。故选D。

If we want to grow as people, we can’t just depend on our own evaluation (评价) of how we’re doing. We also need to know what other people think about our performance. Receiving feedback (反馈) from others can help us see the larger picture and show us a way forward to success. However, someone has to give that feedback, and sometimes, that someone will be you. How should you deal with this?
First things first—if you notice a situation in which some feedback would be helpful, give it as soon as you can. If you wait until the matter disappears from the person’s mind, they might not understand what you’re trying to tell them. Take the person to a safe, comfortable place and offer your advice in private.
When you’re giving feedback, it’s important to keep in mind that no one likes to be told they’re doing a bad job. Make sure you give an equal (相等的) amount of good feedback to balance out (平衡) anything bad. Like the saying goes, “A spoonful of sugar helps the medicine go down.”
All good feedback shares something in common. First, it should help achieve a goal. It’s less useful to tell your friends that their dish tastes “interesting” than it is to suggest adding a little salt. Feedback should also look toward the future. You can’t change what’s already happened, but you can prevent it from happening again. Tell your friends they should take more notes in class instead of talking about how they should have studied harder for the big history exam they failed.
Finally, don’t think your suggestion is the only correct way to deal with a situation. You might even end up with some feedback on your feedback. Don’t take it personally — it can only help you give better advice next time
27．What does the underlined word “this” in Paragraph 1 probably mean?
A．Seeing the picture. B．Giving feedback
C．Receiving feedback. D．Showing a way to success
28．Why is it important to give feedback in time according to Paragraph 2?
A．You might forget to tell the person later on.
B．Perhaps the person wants the feedback right away.
C．Maybe the person needs time to understand your advice.
D．If you wait too long, the person might forget what’s happened.
29．What can we infer (推断) from the underlined saying in Paragraph 3?
A．It’s helpful to keep on giving bad feedback.
B．It’s difficult to do a good job all the time.
C．It’s better to balance good and bad feedback.
D．It’s important to think twice before giving feedback.
30．The passage is mainly about ________.
A．what characters good feedback includes
B．how people should give feedback properly
C．the differences between good and bad feedback
D．the importance of giving and receiving feedback

【答案】
27．B
28．D
29．C
30．B
【分析】
文章主要讲人们应该如何恰当地给予反馈。
27．
代词指代题。根据“However, someone has to give that feedback, and sometimes, that someone will be you. How should you deal with this?”可知此处问该如何处理反馈，this指代上文中出现过的“feedback”。故选B。
28．
细节理解题。根据“First things first—if you notice a situation in which some feedback would be helpful, give it as soon as you can. If you wait until the matter disappears from the person’s mind, they might not understand what you’re trying to tell them.”可知及时给予反馈很重要是因为如果你等得太久，对方可能会忘记发生了什么。故选D。
29．
推理判断题。根据第三段第一句提及没有人喜欢被告知自己做的不好。第二句中又提到“Make sure you give an equal amount of good feedback to balance out anything bad.”可知，在给出反馈的时候需要平衡好的反馈和坏的反馈。故选C。
30．
主旨大意题。根据文章的结构，第一段总起人的成长不仅仅需要自我的评价，还要接受他人的反馈，更要懂得如何给予他人反馈。后文第二段讲反馈要及时；第三段讲述平衡好的和不好的反馈等都是在叙述如何合适的给予反馈。故选B。

十、温州
阅读单选

Every year, tens of thousands of kids aged 3 to 13 become Junior Rangers in different national parks across America. At Yosemite alone more than 20, 000 kids take part in the Yosemite Junior Ranger Program. If you want to be a Junior Ranger, you need to learn about the natural and cultural history, and make a promise to be a national park protector.

Here Is How YOU Can Become a Junior Ranger!
Earn yourself an official Junior Ranger Badge! You could become a Yosemite’s Junior Ranger today by completing the following steps:
●Buy your Junior Ranger Handbook in the nearest Visitor Center.
●Complete the pages in the handbook.
●Pick up rubbish.
●Attend a Guided Program.
●Return your completed handbook and a bag of rubbish to the Visitor Center.
●Make your official Junior Ranger Promise at a ceremony.
●Get your official Junior Ranger Badge.
After you become a Junior Ranger, you are encouraged to share your ranger stories with your friends, teachers and families.
26．Who can become Junior Rangers?
A．Children. B．Parents. C．Teachers. D．Officers.
27．What should Junior Rangers promise to do?
A．Read the handbook. B．Learn American history.
C．Share ranger stories. D．Protect the national parks.
28．Before getting Yosemite’s Junior Ranger Badges, they should complete ________.
A．four steps B．five steps C．six steps D．seven steps

【答案】
26．A
27．D
28．C
【分析】
本文主要介绍了如何成为一名初级护林员。
26．
细节理解题。根据“Every year, tens of thousands of kids aged 3 to 13 become Junior Rangers in different national parks across America”可知，是孩子们可以成为护林员，故选A。
27．
细节理解题。根据“make a promise to be a national park protector”可知，要承诺保护国家公园，故选D。
28．
细节理解题。根据“Buy your Junior Ranger Handbook in the nearest Visitor Center”“Complete the pages in the handbook”“Pick up rubbish”“Attend a Guided Program”“Return your completed handbook and a bag of rubbish to the Visitor Center”“Make your official Junior Ranger Promise at a ceremony”可知，在得到初级护林员徽章之前要完成六个步骤，故选C。

Lima, the capital of Peru, is located in the central coastal part of the country, overlooking the Pacific Ocean. With a population of more than 9 million, Lima is one of the largest cities and the only capital in South America that faces the ocean.
Lima has a long history. The lost Inca civilization, is thought to be a mystery. There are many museums, where you can learn: how the ancient American Indians founded the Inca Empire and built Machu Picchu, a famous ancient city in the Andes Mountains; what happened in 1532 and why over 90% of Peruvians speak Spanish. Visiting the historic center, a World Heritage Site, you may find you are communicating with both the past and the present.
Lima is also a place where you can find the lifestyles and fashions, created by its people and culture. You will see Peruvian clothes, dances, and taste their delicious foods and drinks. You can see buildings in different styles, enjoy the fantastic sunset over the ancient ruins, climb the mountains, fly over the ocean, or sit in the restaurants and bars to experience Peruvians’ relaxing life.
You may have heard “It never rains in Lima.” In fact, the special geographic feature makes it not as dry as it is said to be and it is warm all year round. Though it seldom rains in summer, it sometimes drizzles on early winter mornings. The drizzle and the wet air “water” the ground, which makes the crops and the plants grow. Moreover, modern technology helps to bring water from the snow and ice on the top of the Andes (over 6,000m high) for the city to use. People there never waste water.
Lima is such an amazing city that it is worth a visit.
29．According to the passage, where is Lima on the map?
A． B． C． D．
30．Most people in Lima speak ________.
A．Indian B．Spanish C．English D．Inca language
31．The underlined word “drizzle” probably means ________.
A．warm air B．sea water C．snow and ice D．very light rain
32．Lima is a city ________.
A．which is rich in water resources B．where people can learn Inca culture
C．which is the largest in South America D．where the houses are in the same style

【答案】
29．D
30．B
31．D
32．B
【分析】
本文是一篇说明文，向我们介绍秘鲁的首都利马。
29．
细节理解题。根据“Lima, the capital of Peru, is located in the central coastal part of the country, overlooking the Pacific Ocean.”可知，秘鲁首都利马位于该国中部沿海，俯瞰太平洋。结合地图，故选D。
30．
细节理解题。根据“why over 90% of Peruvians speak Spanish”可知，超过90%的秘鲁人说西班牙语，故选B。
31．
词义猜测题。分析“Though it seldom rains in summer, it sometimes drizzles on early winter mornings.”可知，虽然这里夏天很少下雨，但在初冬的早晨有时会下毛毛雨。此处drizzle的意思是“小雨，毛毛雨”，故选D。
32．
细节理解题。根据“There are many museums, where you can learn: how the ancient American Indians founded the Inca Empire”可知，利马有很多博物馆，你可以在那里学习古代美洲印第安人是如何建立印加帝国的，故选B。


Most viruses can be found and killed by our immune system as soon as they enter our bodies. However, some viruses, for example, the coronavirus, are sneaky. They are difficult to recognize and find. These viruses can cause deadly diseases, like COVID-19. Human-to-human transmission can easily occur, and pandemic will therefore break out. Vaccination is by now a simple, safe and effective way to protect us from the diseases.
▲ Vaccines are something that “looks” exactly the same as the viruses, mainly made from the viruses that are weakened or killed. They will not make us really ill. They only stimulate and activate our immune system to work, telling it something harmful is coming in. The immune system will know what the “viruses” look like, and send B cells (lymphocytes) or antibodies to find and kill them. Meanwhile B cells will remember them for the next kill. A vaccine may also give us passive immunity by providing B cells taken from an animal or a human to play the same role.
Scientists have developed more than 180 vaccines to fight against COVID-19. The technical approaches of these vaccines can be a little different, but their aims are the same.
Take the inactivated vaccine as an example. In an inactivated vaccine, the coronaviruses are already killed or made into the ones unable to produce more new viruses. When the immune system “sees” them, it will try to kill them. The question is: without enough these viruses how can B cells remember them? That’s why we need to take the vaccine more than one time. Though this vaccine is safe, it might not be as effective as it is expected to be.
The live-attenuated vaccine is different. In this vaccine, the viruses are weakened, but they are alive. They can produce enough new viruses to train the immune system to kill and remember them, so people only need to take the vaccine once. The live-attenuated vaccine is considered the most effective, but there is a worry: what might happen once these viruses wake up?
Therefore, although vaccination is by now one of the best ways to protect us from COVID-19, it can be better.
33．The coronavirus can ________.
A．not be killed B．not be found C．cause deaths D．stop pandemic
34．Which of the following can be the best topic sentence of Paragraph 2?
A．Vaccination can provide us with B cells. B．Vaccines are made from different viruses.
C．Vaccination can prepare us against viruses. D．Vaccines won’t make us ill as the viruses do.
35．Compared to the inactivated vaccine the live-attenuated vaccine ________.
A．needs taking more than once B．is equally safe
C．contains viruses that are killed D．is more effective
36．What can we learn from the passage?
A．Vaccination is good enough to treat COVID-19.
B．The immune system can be more effective with vaccines.
C．The viruses in inactivated vaccines can make new viruses.
D．180 vaccines have been developed to fight against diseases.

【答案】
33．C
34．C
35．D
36．B
【分析】
本文是一篇说明文，向我们介绍疫苗及其作用。
33．
细节理解题。根据“However, some viruses, for example, the coronavirus, are sneaky. They are difficult to recognize and find. These viruses can cause deadly diseases, like COVID-19.”可知，COVID-19可以导致致命的疾病，故选C。
34．
段落大意题。分析第二段内容可知，本段主要告诉我们疫苗可以使我们预防病毒，故选C。
35．
细节理解题。根据“The live-attenuated vaccine is considered the most effective”可知，减毒活疫苗被认为是最有效的，故选D。
36．
推理判断题。根据“They only stimulate and activate our immune system to work, telling it something harmful is coming in.”可知，疫苗只是刺激和激活我们的免疫系统，告诉它有害的东西来了。所以二者是促进关系，选项B“免疫系统使用疫苗会更有效”与之相符，故选B。

2022年

一、杭州
阅读下列短文，从每题所给的A、B、C和D四个选项中，选出最佳选项。
Can anyone be an astronaut?
Of course not. You don’t have to have a science degree but most astronauts do. Most of them are pilots too. Life in a spaceship is hard so you must have a healthy body and mind. You need to be easy-going, patient, and helpful to spend so much time in a small space with other people.
What’s the training like?
People have to train for a year to learn how to stay healthy and safe. They practise space walking and living in zero gravity(重力). They train in difficult conditions to learn how to solve problems and to work in a team. Everyday tasks like eating, washing and sleeping can be difficult on a spaceship. There is no running water so you have to wash with wet tissues: it’s hard to enjoy the dry food that astronauts have to eat. And to sleep you must cover your eyes because the sun rises every 90 minutes on the International Space Station. You also have to tie yourself to something so you don’t fly away!
What health problems do astronauts have?
Life in zero gravity causes changes to our bodies. Bones and muscles(肌肉) become thin and weak so you must do a lot of exercise in space to stay fit and to help the heart move blood around your body. Astronauts often get backache because you grow in space— up to 8 centimeters! It’s also common to have headaches and to feel sick, especially at the beginning. You must have vitamins to take the place of fresh fruit and vegetables. But you don’t have to put on sun cream because space suits can protect your skin (皮肤).
Are you still interested?
8．What is a must for an astronaut?
A．A science degree. B．A pilot’s license.
C．A healthy body and mind. D．A weak character.
9．What must you do to prepare for a space trip?
A．Experience zero gravity. B．Wash with running water.
C．Practise long walks. D．Sleep with your eyes open.
10．Why do astronauts have to exercise in space?
A．To make their bones and muscles thinner.
B．To help the heart work well and keep fit.
C．To avoid backache and grow much taller.
D．To stop their skins from getting sunburned.
11．What is the text maily about?
A．What we need to know to become an astronaut.
B．Why young people are interested in space trips?
C．What problems astronauts must solve in space.
D．Why we need to train hard before a space trip.
【答案】8．C
9．A
10．B
11．A
【解析】本文主要讲述了要成为一名宇航员我们需要知道什么。
8．细节理解题。根据“Life in a spaceship is hard so you must have a healthy body and mind.”可知，在宇宙飞船里的生活是艰苦的，所以你必须有一个健康的身体和思想；故选C。
9．细节理解题。根据“They practise space walking and living in zero gravity. ”可知，必须练习太空行走和零重力生活；故选A。
10．细节理解题。根据“Life in zero gravity causes changes to our bodies. Bones and muscles beco thin and weak so you must do a lot of exercise in space to stay fit and to help the heart move blood around your body.”可知，零重力环境下的生活使我们的身体发生变化，必须通过练习来保持健康和心脏运行正常；故选B。
11．主旨大意题。根据全文内容可知，主要讲述了要成为一名宇航员我们需要知道什么；故选A。

阅读下列短文，从每题所给的A、B、C和D四个选项中，选出最佳选项。
There are many different ways to solve a problem. One way is to be creative. People often think creative thinking is just for artists and designers, but this is not true. Dr. Edward de Bono, an expert in creative thinking and problem solving, has shown the world that using creativity to solve problems is very useful in business and in our communities, and will continue to be so in the future.
One example of creative thinking is the solution to a parking problem in a town center. In the areas close to stores, people can only park for 20 minutes. There are parking meters where people pay to park in these areas. However, the problem is that many people leave their cars there for longer than 20 minutes. Dr. Edward de Bono’s solution is to make a rule that all cars parked in these areas must keep their headlights on. Of course, drivers will want to return to their cars before their car batteries (蓄电池) die.
According to Dr. de Bono, people will need to use creative thinking more often in the future. To help people think more creatively, he designed the “Six Thinking Hats” system(系统). The system helps people think about a problem in different ways in order to find a solution. In the system, there are six imaginary hats of different colors. Each hat symbolizes a different way of thinking. For example, the white hat helps people consider the facts. The black hat is the most logical(有逻辑的) and helps people consider why a possible solution may not work. So, next time you have a problem in your community, think about it creatively, from different perspectives, and see what ideas you have.
12．What is the topic of the text?
A．Being a creative artist in the community. B．Doing business successfully in the future.
C．Asking experts for some useful advice. D．Using creative thinking to solve problems.
13．Why is the example mentioned in Paragrah 2?
A．To express a result. B．To describe a problem.
C．To support the topic. D．To list some numbers.
14．What does the underlined word “perspectives” in Paragraph 3 mean?
A．Ways B．Places. C．People. D．Rules.
15．Which of the following is true about the “Six Thinking Hats” system?
A．The system is used to help people think quickly.
B．The white hat helps people think about the facts.
C．The black hat has to do with people’s feelings.
D．Six hats of different shapes can be very helpful.
【答案】12-15 DCAB
【解析】本文主要讲述了运用创造性思维解决问题。
12．主旨大意题。根据“There are many different ways to solve a problem. One way is to be creative.”可知，本文主要讲述了运用创造性思维解决问题；故选D。
13．推理判断题。根据“One example of creative thinking is the solution to a parking problem in a town center.”可知，此段主要是为了支持本文的主题，如何运用创造性思维解决问题；故选C。
14．词句猜测题。根据“So, next time you have a problem in your community, think about it creatively, from different perspectives, and see what ideas you have.”可知，当你在你的社区遇到问题时，从不同的角度创造性地思考它，因此“perspectives”意为“Ways”；故选A。
15．细节理解题。根据“ For example, the white hat helps people consider the facts.”可知，白帽帮助人们考虑事实；故选B。

阅读下列短文，从每题所给的A、B、C和D四个选项中，选出最佳选项。
What did people do to communicate in ancient times? Here are some very interesting answers to this question.
Alphorns(阿尔卑斯长号角) were once used to communicate in the mountains in Switzerland. They are very long and they are very heavy, too. So, alphorns are hard work to blow. Then why use them? Well, they make a loud sound which travels much further than the human voice. Herdsmen(牧民) used them to call cows in the distance for milking. At sunset, alphorns were also used to send a message down to villagers that all was well. These days, they’re mostly used as musical instruments.
The people of La Gomera, an island in Europe, have their own special way of sending messages from mountain to mountain. They use a whistled(口哨的) language called el silbo, which comes from their language Spanish. Whistling can be heard within five kilometers, which means it can be used across much greater distances than shouting. El silbo can be used for all kinds of messages, including greetings and announcements. El silbo is used a lot less than it used to be, but primary school students in La Gomera have to leave it.
Did you know it’s also possible to send messages without making a noise? This is called visual communication, and it includes the use of flags and even smoke. Long ago, soldiers along the Great Wall of China used smoke as a warning. If they noticed the enemy from their signal(信号) tower, they lit a smoky fire. When soldiers in other towers saw the smoke signal, they lit fires too. In this way, messages about the enemy’s arrival could travel as far as 800 km in just a few hours.
4．What are alphorns mostly used for today?
A．Communicating in the mountains B．Calling cows for milking.
C．Sending messages down to villages. D．Playing a kind of music.
5．Why do the people of La Gomera use el silbo to communicate?
A．Because it can send messages to animals.
B．Because it is different from their language.
C．Because it can be heard at a great distance.
D．Because it is a subject for young students.
6．How did soldiers along the Great Wall get warning messages between towers?
A．By listening. B．By whistling. C．By shouting. D．By watching.
7．Which of the following best shows the structure of the text?(P=Paragraph)
A． B．
C． D．
【答案】4-7 DCDA
【解析】本文主要介绍了古人是如何交流的。
4．细节理解题。根据“These days, they’re mostly used as musical instruments.”可知，如今，它们大多被用作乐器；故选D。
5．细节理解题。根据“Whistling can be heard within five kilometers, which means it can be used across much greater distances than shouting.”可知，它可以在比叫喊更远的距离上使用；故选C。
6．细节理解题。根据“This is called visual communication, and it includes the use of flags and even smoke. Long ago, soldiers along the Great Wall of China used smoke as a warning.”可知，通过观察烟雾信号来得知危险警告；故选D。
7．篇章结构题。根据全文内容可知，第一段引出下文；第二段介绍通过阿尔卑斯号角来交流；第三段介绍一种叫el silbo的口哨语；第四段介绍通过观看来传递信息；因此篇章结构是选项A；故选A。

二、湖州
阅读下列短文，从每题所给的A、B、C和D四个选项中，选出最佳选项。
①There are lots of things that cause stress (压力) in our lives, such as school problems, arguments with friends and sometimes bad feelings about ourselves. We all experience stress at times, but it’s important to manage it properly and reduce (减少) its influence. Here are some helpful tips for dealing with stress.
②Sometimes we feel stressed without understanding the reason. So whenever you’re stressed, you should stop and think. What is really happening? How can you improve the situation? Try keeping a diary about your problems and the possible causes.
③Do you always wait until Sunday evening to do homework? This bad habit can cause “ last-minute ” stress, as well as poor grades. To avoid that, time management is greatly needed. Plan your studies and other activities with a calendar. You can also divide big projects into smaller tasks. In this way, you’ll always know how much time you really have.
④Besides, healthy habits are very important for reducing stress. Be sure to eat healthy meals and get at least eight hours of sleep. Avoid checking your mobile phone or using the computer before bedtime. It will keep you awake!
⑤When you’re feeling stressed, it’s helpful to speak to someone who understands your situation, such as your friends and families. Sometimes it’s enough to talk about your problems and share your feelings. Other times, however, you might need advice or suggestions. Don’t keep your worries to yourself.
⑥Finally, relaxation is important, Find some free time for activities that you enjoy, such as sports, hobbies and meeting with friends. For example, seeing a film or hanging out after 5 days’ study could be a good choice. If you find some time to relax and enjoy yourself, you’ll feel refreshed, have more energy, and reduce your level of stress.
19．What advice does the writer give to reduce stress in Paragraph 3?
A．Stop and think. B．Manage your time.
C．Watch your health. D．Reach out for help.
20．How does the writer develop Paragraph 6?
A．By telling stories. B．By listing numbers.
C．By asking questions. D．By giving examples.
21．Which of the following is the structure of the passage?
A． B． C． D．
【答案】19．B
20．D
21．A
【解析】本文主要介绍了一些处理压力的有用的技巧。
19．细节理解题。根据“To avoid that, time management is greatly needed.”可知，本段给出的建议是要进行时间管理，故选B。
20．细节理解题。根据“such as sports, hobbies and meeting with friends. For example...”可知，本段是通过举例子来说明，故选D。
21．篇章结构题。根据整个文章的理解可知，本文第一段总体指出有一些处理压力的有用的技巧，第二至六段分别从不同的方面介绍缓解压力的方式，故选A。

阅读下列短文，从每题所给的A、B、C和D四个选项中，选出最佳选项。
The Beijing 2022 Winter Olympics has already come to an end, and Chinese athletes (运动员) have made great achievements. But how will the stadiums (场馆) be used after the Olympics?
The designers have already considered that question in their designs (设计). The plan is to let the stadiums serve common people and increase their interest in winter sports. Just as one of the designers of the Beijing 2022 Winter Olympics said, “The stadiums can not only serve professional athletes in the games, but also serve the public after the games. ”
For example, the professional ice race lanes (车道) for athletes are 121 meters high and are not fit for amateurs. So the National Ski and Sleigh Center has kept a special lane for common sport-lovers. The height of the lane is about 40 meters. This can make sure they will stay safe.
The National Ski Jumping Center in Zhangjiakou, Hebei Province will continue being open to the public for skiing in winter and jogging in summer. In fact, people can make use of the stadiums all year round. On the top of the center, people can walk and enjoy the beautiful scenery. There is also a standard football field that can hold 6,000 people. Even concerts and cultural fairs can be held there as well.
Time will tell whether the stadiums can be really made good use of after, the Olympic Games. In China, 300 million people have already taken part in ice and snow sports because of the Beijing 2022 Winter Olympics. Hopefully, that number will continue to rise with plans like these. After all, snow and ice sports belong not only to talented professional athletes, but also to everyone interested in them.
22．The underlined word “ amateurs ” in Paragraph 3 probably refers to people who ______ .
A．design the stadiums B．compete in the Olympics
C．do sports for enjoyment D．work for the Winter Olympics
23．It can be learned from the passage that ______ .
A．the special ice race lane is 40 meters lower
B．the stadiums will be used two seasons a year
C．the football field in the center can hold 6,000 people
D．300 million people watched the Beijing Winter Olympics
24．The passage mainly tells ______ .
A．why more Olympic stadiums will be built
B．how the Olympic stadiums will be made full use of
C．what will be done to prepare for the Olympic Games
D．how athletes are encouraged to make greater achievements
【答案】22．C
23．C
24．B
【解析】本文介绍了冬奥会之后的一些体育场将如何使用的情况。
22．词义猜测题。根据“So the National Ski and Sleigh Center has kept a special lane for common sport-lovers. The height of the lane is about 40 meters. This can make sure they will stay safe.”可知，运动员的专业冰上跑道高121米，不适合业余运动员。因此，国家滑雪和雪橇中心为普通运动爱好者保留了一条专用车道。车道的高度约为40米。这可以确保他们的安全。所以单词“amateurs”指的是“业余爱好者”，故选C。
23．细节理解题。根据“On the top of the center, people can walk and enjoy the beautiful scenery. There is also a standard football field that can hold 6,000 people.”可知，有一个可容纳6000人的标准足球场，故选C。
24．主旨大意题。根据“The Beijing 2022 Winter Olympics has already come to an end, and Chinese athletes (运动员) have made great achievements. But how will the stadiums (场馆) be used after the Olympics?”及整个文章的理解可知，主要是介绍冬奥会结束后，如何充分利用奥运场馆，故选B。

三、嘉兴、舟山
二、阅读单选
Tell us who inspires you — and then draw.
And we are giving away prizes worth more than $125 to 11 winners!
Heroes can be different but they all have one thing in common. They inspire us to do better. They could be a creative artist or dancer, a wise scientist or a skillful sports star. And heroes don’t have to be famous. They could be someone like a parent, brother, friend or teacher, who quietly goes about making the world a better place.
Whether your hero is known around the world, or is someone closer to home who simply makes you laugh or is kind to you, we can’t wait to see your drawings of them and read about who inspires you! See below for instructions on how to enter the competition. Good luck!

Download and print out templates (模板) to draw your picture on by visiting http://kidspic.com.au. On the blank postcard template, draw a picture of your hero. On the line in the center,tell us who your hero is and how you are inspired.
The competition is open to 1-3 graders. You can ask your parent to take a photo of your drawing and email it to us at competition@kidspic.com.au. Please send in only ONE picture,and note that it closes on 22 June.


       Each winner will receive a fantastic prize worth more than $125, including:
a box of 24-colored pencils
a cool desk set
a set of comic books
a fine basketball

16．What do heroes have in common according to the poster?A．They are clever. B．They are brave.
C．They are famous. D．They are inspiring.
17．What should you do before drawing if you want to enter the competition?
A．Print out the templates. B．Take a photo with your hero.
C．Send in one or two pictures. D．Buy a box of 24-colored pencils.
18．Who might be most interested in the poster?
A．A cartoon artist. B．A computer scientist.
C．A second-year pupil. D．A fifth-grade teacher.
【答案】16．D
17．A
18．C
【解析】
【导语】
本文是一篇应用文，主要讲关于画出自己心中的英雄的绘画比赛的时间、参赛要求、奖项等内容。
16．
细节理解题。根据“Heroes can be different but they all have one thing in common. They inspire us to do better.”可知英雄是激励你的人。故选D。
17．
细节理解题。根据“Download and print out templates to draw your picture on by visiting http://kidspic.com.au.”可知绘画之前先打印模板。故选A。
18．
推理判断题。根据“The competition is open to 1-3 graders.”可知此次比赛针对的是一到三年级的学生。故二年级学生会感兴趣。选C。
My Olympic volunteering journey started last September. I was excited as I was myself a sports fan and my home country has not hosted a competition like this. It was a great chance for me to both watch and serve the Olympics.
After getting trained through the Internet and spending two weeks in quarantine (隔离), I began to volunteer inside the Wukesong Sports Center. The Center hosted ice hockey games for both men’s and women’s teams. My job was to guide the audience (观众) to their seats and answer their questions. I was wild with joy to be present and watch my first-ever Olympic games live, on the ice. All the games were interesting, and I watched them whenever my volunteering duties would allow.
In our free time, we had pleasant conversations. It was the best chance for us foreign students to learn more about the Chinese New Year celebrations, and this year, to celebrate it together with our Chinese friends. It was really a big festival. We had special Chinese dishes like dumplings, fish and spring rolls. I also tried to write Chinese characters.
I decided to make the most of the chance and introduce my African and Rwandan customs to other volunteers. I showed to them the real Africa that they had never seen on TV before. From geography to social life, I made them understand more about Africa by giving examples of my hometown. It was a great platform (平台) for us young people to share both our cultures and futures.
As an international volunteer for Beijing 2022, I was given a special experience to help others and more importantly, to learn about the spirit of the Winter Olympic Games. I’ll never forget it.
19．Which was one of the reasons why the writer volunteered in Beijing 2022?
A．He was a fan of sports. B．He was free in winter.
C．He wanted to learn Chinese. D．He likes travelling around.
20．What did the writer’s duties as a volunteer include?
A．Guiding the teams to their places. B．Cleaning the Center after the games.
C．Giving out food and water to the players. D．Answering questions from the audience.
21．What does the underlined word “it” refer to in Paragraph 4?
A．The Chinese Spring Festival. B．The Beijing Winter Olympics.
C．The Wukesong Sports Centre. D．The Foreign Students’ Organization.
22．Why does the writer write the passage?
A．To share his Olympic volunteering experiences.
B．To express the strong love for his home country.
C．To show the spirit of the Winter Olympic Games.
D．To spread African cultures to the rest of the world.
【答案】19．A
20．D
21．B
22．A
【解析】
【导语】
本文是一篇记叙文，主要讲作者在2022年冬奥会做志愿者的经历。
19．
细节理解题。根据“I was excited as I was myself a sports fan and my home country has not hosted a competition like this.”可知作者当志愿者是因为自己是运动迷。故选A。
20．
细节理解题。根据“My job was to guide the audience to their seats and answer their questions.”可知作者的任务是指导观众入座并回答他们的问题。故选D。
21．
词义猜测题。根据“It was a great platform for us young people to share both our cultures and futures.”可知让作者等年轻人交流文化和未来的平台是这次的冬奥会。故选B。
22．
主旨大意题。本篇文章主要是作者分享此次冬奥会的志愿者经历。故选A。
Smartphones are getting boring. The new models are either a bit faster or have better cameras, but they are basically no different from the ones already in our pockets. This is why scientists are hoping, and working for something new, something that will change our lives just as greatly as smartphones do. At the moment, the next invention might be smart glasses.
     
Just imagine. Instead of having to pick up your phone and look at the screen, all of the information you need simply appears just in front of you, in your glasses. Satellite navigation (导航) directions would appear right there on the road. And your smart glasses could guide you to the right shelf in the supermarket!
Smart glasses could also be used in industry. They could show engineers the instructions they need to fix things more quickly. A doctor could carry out a difficult operation, guided in real time by someone on the other side of the world.
This may sounds impossible. But most of the technologies to invent them are already there. For example, one key technology is called AR, which can make digital 3D objects appear as if they are part of the real world. We’ve used it a lot on our video calls. Similarly, huge progress has been made in spatial audio. This is when a sound is made to give it a sense of place, like what you hear in an empty room. Some high-end earphones can already do that. Future glasses will of course need to recognize (识别) your voice to do tasks. This technology has been widely used in our daily life.
So, why aren’t we all wearing smart glasses yet? So far, no one has invented a good way to send images (映像) of our world onto glasses. However, with the rapid development of technology, smart glasses could arrive much sooner than we think.
23．Why does the writer mention smartphones in Paragraph 1?
A．To start a story. B．To explain an idea.
C．To introduce a topic. D．To discuss a problem.
24．What are Paragraphs 2 and 3 mainly about?
A．When smart glasses might be made.
B．Where smart glasses could be used.
C．How smart glasses would give directions.
D．Why smart glasses should be changed.
25．Which of the following technologies needs to be improved to invent smart glasses?
A．Making spatial audio. B．Recognizing voices.
C．Creating digital 3D objects. D．Sending images onto glasses.
26．How might the writer feel about the future of smart glasses?
A．Bored. B．Confident. C．Satisfied. D．Uncertain.
【答案】23．C
24．B
25．D
26．B
【解析】
【导语】
本文是一篇说明文，主要讲和智能手机一样能改变我们生活的智能眼镜将在生活中的应用及目前尚待解决的问题。
23．
推理判断题。根据“This is why scientists are hoping, and working for something new, something that will change our lives just as greatly as smartphones do. At the moment, the next invention might be smart glasses.”可知作者写到智能手机是为了能引出智能眼镜的话题。故选C。
24．
段落大意题。根据“Just imagine. Instead of having to pick up your phone and look at the screen, all of the information you need simply appears just in front of you, in your glasses.”及“Smart glasses could also be used in industry.”可知2和3段主要讲智能眼镜的使用场所，即可以用在阅读和工业等领域。故选B。
25．
细节理解题。根据“So far, no one has invented a good way to send images of our world onto glasses.”可知一个好的将图像发送到眼镜上的方式还没有被发明出。故选D。
26．
推理判断题。根据“However, with the rapid development of technology, smart glasses could arrive much sooner than we think.”可知作者认为随着科技的发展，智能眼镜可能会比我们想象的更快到来，即对智能眼镜的前景是比较有信心的。故选B。
When Leon Martin asked for his parents’ advice on how to become a UX designer (设计师), they both went silent. “In fact, I had no idea what he was talking about,” said Anne, his mother. “I don’t know whether he was talking about designing clothes, computer programs or a fancy brand of bike.”
Even when her 18-year-old son explained that it was something about “behind the scenes” online design, his mother was still a bit lost. “I felt like I had totally failed as a parent,” she said. “My job as a parent is to open doors so my children can achieve their potential (潜力), but now can I do that when I don’t even understand what their dreams are?”
_________ Research has found that more than 2/3 of parents in England are now facing the problem that, when their children express interest in new education and job choices, they may know nothing about them. More than 75% of parents feel it is almost impossible to offer their children good advice in such a fast-changing job market.
Michelle Rea did a survey of over 2,000 parents of secondary school students in England. She found that many parents were afraid their children hardly follow them. “We all know that parents’ opinions and suggestions play an important role in shaping and influencing their children’s career dreams,” she said. “But we usually depend much on our own experiences. And things have changed so much since most of us were at school.”
Bryony Mathew, writer of the Awesome Career Books, said the world was changing so rapidly that parents should not try to decide on certain careers for their children.
27．What should a successful parent be able to do according to Anne?
A．Become a great UX designer. B．Do an excellent job online.
C．Develop their children’s potential. D．Realize their children’s dreams.
28．Which of the following is the best sentence to fill in the blank in Paragraph 3?
A．Anne is not alone. B．Anne has bad luck.
C．This is very strange. D．This is very interesting.
29．What did Michelle Rea’s survey mainly show?
A．Most of the parents in England were facing trouble in accepting new jobs.
B．Parents feared that their children would refuse to share their career dreams.
C．A lot of parents found it difficult to help their children with their education.
D．Children’s career future depend a lot on their parents’ working experiences.
30．What could be the best title for the passage?
A．How can children make career choices?
B．How can parents become career advisers?
C．Should children take their parents’ career advice?
D．Should parents choose a career for their children?
【答案】27．C
28．A
29．B
30．D
【解析】
【导语】
本文是一篇说明文。文章以Leon进行职业选择时向父母寻求建议这一事件为例，对“父母是否应该为孩子们指定职业”这一话题进行了探讨。
27．
细节理解题。根据第二段“My job as a parent is to open doors so my children can achieve their potential, but now can I do that when I don’t even understand what their dreams are?”可知Anne之前认为作为父母，她的工作就是打开大门，让孩子们发挥他们的潜能，由此可知，她认为一个成功的父母，就是要能让孩子们发挥他们的潜能。故选C。
28．
推理判断题。根据第三段“Research has found that more than 2/3 of parents in England are now facing the problem that, when their children express interest in new education and job choices, they may know nothing about them.”可知研究发现英国超过三分之二的父母现在正面临这样的问题：当他们的孩子们对新的教育和工作选择表示感兴趣时，他们可能对此一无所知，由此可知，Anne并不是唯一一个遇到这种问题的人。故选A。
29．
细节理解题。根据第四段“She found that many parents were afraid their children hardly follow them. ‘We all know that parents’ opinions and suggestions play an important role in shaping and influencing their children’s career dreams,’ she said.”可知Michelle Rea认为，父母的意见和建议在塑造和影响孩子们的职业梦想方面发挥着重要的作用，但她发现很多父母担心他们的孩子不听他们的意见，换句话说，家长们担心孩子们拒绝跟他们分享他们的职业梦想。故选B。
30．
最佳标题题。根据最后一段“Bryony Mathew, writer of the Awesome Career Books, said the world was changing so rapidly that parents should not try to decide on certain careers for their children.”可知这本《令人敬畏的职业书籍》的作者认为父母不应该试图为他们的孩子指定职业。纵观全文可知作者围绕“父母是否应该为孩子们选定职业”这个话题展开讨论。故选D。

四、金华
阅读下列短文，从每题所给的A、B、C和D四个选项中，选出最佳选项。
What is your dream job, a pilot or a policeman? What do you hope your job is like? Read the following stories and find more at www.cambridge.org/aw/cambridgeenglish.

The sweetest jobHarry is only 12, but he is working for a sweet company. His job is probably the best in the company—the sweet tester. When a new sweet is invented, Harry eats it, writes a report about it and sends his report to the factory. And then a decision is made about whether to make the sweet or not. As a child, he’s too young to work for money. But he gets free sweets!

Desert Island BloggerDo you wish to live on an island and get paid? Ben got such a job, but it was hard work! He had to live alone in a house（with a swimming pool）on Hamilton Island and spend every day swimming, exploring and relaxing. Then he had to write a blog to show his findings and feelings.

Sleeping on the jobUsually, sleeping on the job is a big problem—if you fall asleep, you’ll lose the job! But Roisin was paid to sleep on the job. She slept in designer beds eight hours a day, every day for a month, and tested them to see what makes “a good night’s sleep”. In the end, Roisin had to write a report about the beds.

16．What is the passage mainly about?
A．Interesting jobs. B．Wonderful places. C．Kinds of factories. D．Life on an island.
17．Which of the following is TRUE according to the passage?
A．The writer wishes to be a pilot. B．Harry gets paid for testing sweets.
C．Ben lived alone on Hamilton Island. D．Roisin swims eight hours every day.
18．Where can we most probably read the passage?
A．At a website. B．In a diary. C．On a postcard. D．In a story book.
【答案】16-18 ACA
【解析】本文主要介绍了三个有趣的工作。
16．主旨大意题。根据“What do you hope your job is like”以及文章内容可知，文章主要介绍了三个有趣的工作。故选A。
17．细节理解题。根据“He had to live alone in a house（with a swimming pool）on Hamilton Island”可知Ben要独自住在汉密尔顿岛上的一所房子里。故选C。
18．推理判断题。根据“Read the following stories and find more at www.cambridge.org/aw/cambridgeenglish”可知本文可能出现在网站上。故选A。

阅读下列短文，从每题所给的A、B、C和D四个选项中，选出最佳选项。
Just a few days after his 18th birthday, Beijing 2022 gold medal winner Su Yiming received a surprise gift—a letter from Xi Jinping, President of the People’s Republic of China.
In the letter, Xi expressed his congratulations to Su and other sportsmen in ice and snow sports for their great achievements at the Beijing Winter Olympics, hoping what they had achieved would encourage young Chinese to aim(立目标) high.
When Su first stepped onto a snowboard at the age of four, a future as a world-class sportsman seemed to be “a dream too big” for him. Little did he know that he would not only compete for his country but also take home gold. With the great excitement of winning an Olympic gold medal still fresh in his mind, Su wrote a letter to the president, telling him how lucky he felt to have made his dream come true.
Su still remembers what Xi wrote in the reply, “The new era is the time for young people to realize their dreams.”
“I have always kept those words in my mind,” Su said.
“When I made up my mind to be a professional(职业的) snowboarder, I know there is a big gap between my performance(表现) and that of the top sportsmen in the world. But I have been working hard to realize my dream. Now my story shows the fact that hard work will pay off.” Su said.
Su believes the sky is the limit. “Find the thing you love, believe in yourself and do your very best. Finally, your dream will come true.”
Now Su has his strong wish to win all the competitions in his sporting field.
19．What was the surprise gift Su Yiming got after his birthday?
A．A letter. B．A gold medal. C．A birthday cake. D．A snowboard.
20．Su wrote a letter to the president to ________.
A．invite young Chinese to try snow sports
B．encourage young Chinese to make big plans
C．express his excitement of realizing his dream
D．congratulate Chinese sportsmen on their achievements
21．The underlined word “gap” in Paragraph 6 probably means ________.
A．agreement B．difference C．fight D．relationship
22．Which of the following can be the best title for the passage?
A．Ice and snow sports B．Aim high and win big
C．The secret to success D．Fight for a bright future
【答案】19-22 ACBB
【解析】本文主要讲述了冬奥会冠军苏翊鸣写信给习主席表达感谢，在他过了18岁生日后几天，他收到了习主席的回信，告诉他要志存高远，才能获得成功。
19．细节理解题。根据“Just a few days after his 18th birthday, Beijing 2022 gold medal winner Su Yiming received a surprise gift—a letter from Xi Jinping”可知18岁生日刚过几天，苏翊鸣收到了一份惊喜礼物——习近平主席的来信。故选A。
20．细节理解题。根据“With the great excitement of winning an Olympic gold medal still fresh in his mind, Su wrote a letter to the president, telling him how lucky he felt to have made his dream come true”可知苏翊鸣给习主席写了一封信，感慨自己实现了自己的梦想是多么幸运。故选C。
21．词义猜测题。根据“I know there is a big gap between my performance(表现) and that of the top sportsmen in the world”可知他知道自己的表现和世界上的顶尖运动员之间还有差距，故此处划线部分单词意为“差别，差距”。故选B。
22．最佳标题题。通读全文可知，本文主要讲述了冬奥会冠军苏翊鸣写信给习主席表达感谢，在他过了18岁生日后几天，他收到了习主席的回信，告诉他要志存高远，才能获得成功，故文章以选项B“志存高远，大获成功”为标题最合适。故选B。

阅读下列短文，从每题所给的A、B、C和D四个选项中，选出最佳选项。
①Have you ever shown your photos on your favorite social media（媒体）? Or have you expressed your feelings and emotions on your online page? If yes, do you know what you have posted on the social medias can cause problems you could not expect?
②Cathy, who is going to be fifteen, posted online an invitation to her birthday party with her address in it. And guess what! 500 people came to the party, and some even broke the windows and plants, making a total mess of the house. The girl’s birthday party turned into a nightmare（噩梦）.
③Many teenagers（青少年）think they know everything about social media, and that such a thing could never happen to them. Studies show that each year more than three million young people in the world get into trouble because of their online activities.
④So do remember these if you really want to share something online.
⑤Share with care! Not everyone will like what you write online. Think before you post anything. You never know who sees your texts, pictures or videos. Before clicking “post”, you should ask yourself, “How will I feel if my family or teachers see this?” and “How might this post be bad for me in five or ten years from now?”
⑥Be polite when you write! Imagine someone is unfriendly in real life. The same is true of online communication. No one likes it when you “shout” in your messages. If you feel angry or frustrated while you’re writing a message, wait a bit. Read it again later and then send it.
⑦Protect and respect! Never share your passwords with anyone. It’s not wise to post your home or email address online. Don’t say bad things about people. If you get messages like that or see them online, talk to your parents or your teachers.
⑧I’d say none of these things promises 100% online safety, but each will help you to be safer.
27．The writer starts to introduce the topic by ________.
A．telling stories B．giving examples C．asking questions D．sharing experiences
28．The party turned into a nightmare because Cathy ________.
A．made a total mess of the house.
B．shared the photos of her house online
C．invited hundrends of people to her party
D．posted an invitation with her address online
29．The writer uses the mark “!” in the underlined sentences of Paragraphs 5~7 to ________.
A．draw the readers’ attention B．give orders that readers should follow
C．express the strong feelings of worry D．give the decisions that have been made
30．What does the writer mean by saying the last sentence?
A．You should spend much less time online.
B．It’s necessary to think before you act online.
C．You have to make a promise before you go online.
D．If you want to be safer online, do as the writer suggests.
【答案】27-30 CDAB
【解析】本文以Cathy为例，介绍了在社交媒体上分享照片的危害，并介绍了如何在分享照片同时保护自己安全的建议。
27．推理判断题。根据第一段的三个问句可知，作者是通过问问题来引出主题，故选C。
28．细节理解题。根据“Cathy, who is going to be fifteen, posted online an invitation to her birthday party with her address in it”可知，因为她在社交媒体上发布了这个派对的地址，而导致让这场派对成为了一个噩梦，故选D。
29．推理判断题。根据“So do remember these if you really want to share something online”及下文介绍的内容可知，以下是介绍了保护自己安全的建议，加这个符号的目的是为了吸引读者的注意，故选A。
30．推理判断题。根据“I’d say none of these things promises 100% online safety, but each will help you to be safer”可知，作者提供的这些建议会让你更安全，目的是为了让你在社交媒体上发布照片之前要三思而后行，故选B。

五、丽水
阅读下列短文，从每题所给的A、B、C和D四个选项中，选出最佳选项。

If you find a fun and free activity at the weekend, then a Parkrun event is great for you, your family and friends. More than 2.5 million people in about 750 places around the world have run, jogged, walked or used a wheelchair to complete a Parkrun since it started 18 years ago.
Some people treat it like a race, but most enjoy just being outside, getting exercise and having a nice time with others. Parkruns and Junior Parkruns are set up in safe open places such as beaches, fields, forests and parks.
Parkruns happen on a Saturday and there are often special Parkruns on Christmas and New Year’s Day. A Parkrun covers a distance of 5 km and runners must register (注册) once online before going for a run. Registering gives you a barcode(special printed numbers readable by a computer), which means your time is recorded when you do a Parkrun. Parkrun is fun for all ages, but if you are under 11, you must run with an adult.
Junior Parkruns happen on Sundays over a distance of 2 km and you need a registration and a barcode for those, too. You must be aged between 4 and 14 and you don’t have to run with an adult. Although adults can run and support you, they are asked not to run across the finish line. After completing 11, 21, 50 and then 100 Junior Parkruns, you can get a different coloured wristband to mark your achievement.
A teen runner Ralph says, “Junior Parkrun at the park in my neighborhood is a weekly highlight. I love all sports, but I find doing Parkrun every week builds up my fitness and energy. Run, jog or walk—Parkrun is a free, fun and friendly activity. It’s great meeting up with my friends and running the 2 km every week together.”
With the help of an adult, head to tinyurl.com/TWJ- parkrun for information and to find a Parkrun that takes place near you.
19．According to the passage, most people take part in Parkruns to ________.
A．win prizes in the park B．make friends and help others
C．stay with their families D．have fun and take exercise outside
20．Compared to Parkruns, Junior Parkruns ________.
A．welcome more people of all ages
B．cover a much shorter distance
C．are held in safer and opener places
D．need a registration for more barcodes
21．In Paragraph 5, Ralph mainly talks about ________.
A．why he likes Parkruns B．where he does Parkruns
C．who he runs Parkruns with D．when he taken part in Parkruns
22．The writer writes the passage to ________.
A．share the long history of Parkruns
B．encourage teenagers to do Parkruns
C．invite people to compete in Parkruns
D．ask adults to become Parkrur volunteers
【答案】19-22 DBAB
【解析】本文讲述了公园跑这项运动，介绍它的参赛方式，要求以及获得的乐趣。
19．细节理解题。根据“Some people treat it like a race, but most enjoy just being outside, getting exercise and having a nice time with others”可知，大部分人参加这项跑步是为了在户外锻炼身体以及获得乐趣，故选D。
20．细节理解题。根据“A Parkrun covers a distance of 5 km”以及“Junior Parkruns happen on Sundays over a distance of 2 km”可知，初级的公园跑的距离更短一些，故选B。
21．主旨大意题。根据“I love all sports, but I find doing Parkrun every week builds up my fitness and energy”可知，此段主要是Ralph讲述自己喜欢公园跑的原因，故选A。
22．主旨大意题。本文是公园跑这项运动的广告信息，介绍了这种运动的好处，目的是为了鼓励青少年参与进来，故选B。

阅读下列短文，从每题所给的A、B、C和D四个选项中，选出最佳选项。

When you, as a child, first picked up a crayon, a line might have been the first mark you make. You use lines to write numbers, symbols, and the letters of the alphabet. The lines on a map help you find the best route from one place to another. You use lines to draw pictures.
▲ You can see lines in the grain (纹理) of a piece of wood or in the cracks on a sidewalk. You can see lines outside a building or in the field. Lines are used to create words, numbers, and symbols. They are also used to create art. In drawing, line is an element (要素) of art that is the path of a moving point through space.
Artists use lines to lead your eyes through a work of art. They create lines in many ways. A line can be drawn on paper with a pencil or scratched into wet clay with stick. Depending on its direction, a line can express different ideas or feelings. This is why line is an important element in the language of art.
Lines are used to express different images in Chinese calligraphic drawing. The word calligraphy means beautiful handwriting. In China, calligraphy is used to form characters (汉字) that represent the language. However, characters are more than just a letter of the alphabet. They are like pictures. They can represent an idea, an object, or a verbal sound. Calligraphic lines are usually made with brushstrokes that change from thin to thick in one stroke. To make a very thin line, artists use the tip of the brush. As you press on the brush and more of it touches the paper, the line becomes wider. (See the painting on the right, the long, flowing leaves of the orchid [兰花] plant in the rocks are made with one flowing brushstroke. )   
Now practice making calligraphic lines with ink or watercolor paint. Use brushes, both thin and thick, to draw a leaf or a vegetable with lines.
23．The passage mainly talks about ________.
A．lines B．calligraphy C．paintings D．brushstrokes
24．Which of the following can be put in ▲ in Paragraph 2 as a topic sentence?
A．Artists love lines. B．Paintings need lines.
C．Lines are everywhere. D．Lines can do everything.
25．Chinese calligraphic drawing is used as a(n) ________ in the passage.
A．reason B．example C．method D．opinion
26．The passage is most probably taken from a textbook of ________.
A．history B．math C．art D．science
【答案】23-26 ACBC
【解析】本文主要介绍了线条在艺术和书法上的作用。
23．主旨大意题。本文主要围绕“线条”来展开描述，故选A。
24．推理判断题。根据“You can see lines in the grain (纹理) of a piece of wood or in the cracks on a sidewalk. You can see lines outside a building or in the field”可知，线条无处不在，你到处都能看到线条，故选C。
25．推理判断题。根据倒数第二段内容可知，文章以中国书法为例，来解释线条表达的不同内容，故选B。
26．推理判断题。本文主要介绍了线条在艺术和书法上的作用，属于艺术范畴，故选C。

六、宁波
阅读下列短文，从每题所给的A、B、C和D四个选项中，选出最佳选项。
How do you look after your cat
Introduction
The first step to becoming a good cat owner is to choose the right kind of cat. It is how a cat behaves that is the most important, not what she looks like or how old she is. She is going tobe your best friend. You will spend a lot of time playing together. But remember, you need to look after her every day. Not just to start with, but for all her life.
Understanding your pet
By watching your cat closely, you will learn her special way of talking. From the movement of her tail or ears, you will see if she is happy or sad. And you will soon understand what she is saying when she miaows.
Caring for your pet
You will only be your cat’s best friend if you care for her properly. You will need to make sure that she eats the right foods, always has water, and can get plenty of exercise every day. You will also have to bathe (给……洗澡) her often and spend some time training her.

16．How long will you need to look after your cat?
A．For some days after she’s born. B．For the whole of her life.
C．Until she has babies of her own. D．Until she is badly ill.
17．To understand your cat, you need to ________.
A．watch her very carefully B．bathe her often
C．talk to her every day D．feed her proper food
18．The last part of the passage describes ________.
A．which food cats like best B．how difficult it can be to train cats
C．the type of exercise cats enjoy most D．the things cat owners need to do
【答案】16-18 BAD
【解析】本文主要讲述了如何照顾猫。
16．细节理解题。根据“But remember, you need to look after her every day. Not just to start with, but for all her life.”可知，你需要每天照顾她。不只是开始，而是一生；故选B。
17．细节理解题。根据“By watching your cat closely, you will learn her special way of talking.”可知，通过仔细观察你的猫，你会学到它特殊的说话方式；故选A。
18．主旨大意题。根据最后一段可知，主要讲述了猫主人需要做的一些事情；故选D。

阅读下列短文，从每题所给的A、B、C和D四个选项中，选出最佳选项。
Katie’s father was at the airport waiting to meet her. She was going to spend a week with him, and usually she really enjoyed their visits. But this time was different: her dad was getting married, and Katie wasn’t at all sure if she liked the idea.
On the way from the airport to her dad’s house, Katie almost kept silent. Finally, her dad asked, “Do you want to talk about it, Katie?”
For a moment, Katie sat silently. Then she said, “I’m sorry, Dad. I just don’t think I want you to get married.”
“I thought you liked Celia,” Katie’s dad said.
“I do like Celia,” Katie answered, “It’s not that at all. I just don’t know if I want her for a stepmother—that’s totally different.”
“It really is different,” her dad agreed, “But I hope you’ll get to like having Celia as a stepmother. She likes you a lot, you know, and I’ll bet Megan will, too.”
“Who’s Megan?” Katie asked. She hadn’t heard that name before.
“She’s Celia’s daughter,” her dad replied, “She is your age, actually, so maybe you’ll even have something in common.”
After dropping Katie’s luggage (行李) off at her dad’s house, Katie and her dad went to meet Celia and Megan at a restaurant. They were going to have dinner together. When they got to the restaurant, Celia and Megan were already there. Celia introduced Megan to Katie. At first, Katie didn’t know what to say to Megan. But then, Megan said, “Mom, don’t forget I have swimming practice tomorrow.”
“You like to swim?” Katie asked hopefully.
“I love it—I’m on our school swimming team,” Megan answered excitedly, “Do you swim?”
“I love to swim, too” Katie said with a smile. Maybe having Celia as a stepmother wasn’t going to be so bad after all.
23．How did Katie feel about her dad’s getting married at the beginning of the story?
A．Unhappy. B．Excited. C．Shocked. D．Agreeable.
24．How did Katie’s dad know that Katie had something on her mind?
A．Katie shouted at her dad. B．Katie wouldn’t get in the car with her dad.
C．Katie didn’t say very much. D．Katie told her dad she was angry with him.
25．The underlined word “She” refers to ________.
A．Katie B．Megan C．Katie’s mother D．Megan’s mother
26．Which sentence in the passage lets the reader know that Katie would end up being happy?
A．“I’m sorry, Dad.”
B．“I have swimming practice tomorrow.”
C．“I do like Celia.
D．“...a stepmother wasn’t going to be so bad after all.”
【答案】23-26 ACBD
【解析】本文主要讲述了凯蒂从一开始不希望父亲结婚到最后欣然接受父亲结婚的事实。
23．推理判断题。根据“I’m sorry, Dad. I just don’t think I want you to get married.”可知，不想让父亲结婚，因此一开始是不开心的。故选A。
24．推理判断题。根据“On the way from the airport to her dad’s house, Katie almost kept silent.”可知，在从机场到她爸爸家的路上，凯蒂几乎保持沉默，由此能看出凯蒂内心有事。故选C。
25．词句猜测题。根据“Who’s Megan?”和“‘She’s Celia’s daughter,’ her dad replied, ‘She is your age, actually, so maybe you’ll even have something in common.’”可知，这里的She指“Megan”。故选B。
26．推理判断题。根据最后一段“...Katie said with a smile. Maybe having Celia as a stepmother wasn’t going to be so bad after all.”可知，凯蒂是笑着跟梅根对话的，可知凯蒂最终也会开心。故选D。

七、衢州

八、绍兴
阅读下列短文，从每题所给的A、B、C和D四个选项中，选出最佳选项。

During work hours, among the sounds of machines, the kitchen of Bach’s Bakery (面包房) is especially tidy and quiet, not because of any rules against talking during work hours, but because all of the workers have a hearing disability. They are hard-working and professional in their work, and use sign language to communicate with each other from time to time.
Bach’s Bakery lies in Changsha City, Hunan Province. It is run by a German couple, Uwe Brutzer and his wife Dorothee Brutzer, who started it up ten years ago with the purpose of creating more jobs for those disabled in the neighborhood. So far, Bach’s Bakery has trained around 30 hearing disabled people. While some skilled workers found jobs in other bakeries and hotels and have been able to live on their own, several of them have stayed to work at the bakery after they completed the training.
The Brutzers’ work has won the support of many people in China. With the spread of news about the bakery, many Internet users learned about Bach’s Bakery and its inspiring story. As a result, many local people in Changsha as well as visitors from other parts of the country come to buy their products, Uwe said that public attention has encouraged them a lot and helped grow the bakery’s business, resulting in workers getting higher pay. However, what he values more is that, through media (媒体) reports, more people have come to understand that disabled people can work as well as other people when they are given chances.
Now, as they are preparing to return to Germany, they have found a German couple teaching in China as the new managers, and handed over the bakery to a public welfare (福利) organization. Their wish is to continue providing free training for the hearing disabled and that the bakery will never be changed into a shop with moneymaking as its main goal.
19．The workers in Bach’s Bakery use sign language because ________.
A．their boss doesn’t allow them to talk B．machines make too much noise
C．they can’t communicate in spoken words D．heavy work keeps them too busy to speak
20．It can be inferred from Paragraph 2 that Bach’s Bakery ________.
A．also offers jobs to people outside Hunan
B．helps its workers live independently
C．requires its workers not to leave after training
D．has more than 30 workers now
21．In Uwe’s opinion, the greatest value of public attention is that ________.
A．disabled workers are paid more B．his shop becomes more popular
C．the disabled are better understood D．sales of their products get stronger
22．What’s the best title for the passage?
A．A Silent Bakery B．A Special Wish
C．The Success of the Disabled D．The Rules of Bach’s Bakery
【答案】19-22 CBCA
【解析】本文主要介绍了一个员工都是听力障碍者的面包房，它给这些残疾人提供了独立生活的机会。
19．细节理解题。根据“but because all of the workers have a hearing disability. They are hard-working and professional in their work, and use sign language to communicate with each other from time to time”可知他们用手语交流，因为他们都是听力障碍者，不能用口语交流。故选C。
20．推理判断题。根据“While some skilled workers found jobs in other bakeries and hotels and have been able to live on their own,”可知一些技术工人在其他面包店和酒店找到了工作并且已经能够自己生活。故选B。
21．细节理解题。根据“However, what he values more is that, through media (媒体) reports, more people have come to understand that disabled people can work as well as other people when they are given chances”可知他更看重的是，通过媒体的报道让更多的人了解到残疾人在有机会的情况下可以和其他人一样工作。故选C。
22．最佳标题题。本文主要介绍了一个员工都是听力障碍者的面包房，它给这些残疾人提供了独立生活的机会，以选项A“一个沉默的面包房”为标题更合适。故选A。

阅读下列短文，从每题所给的A、B、C和D四个选项中，选出最佳选项。
“I wish I had straight hair”; “I’d like to be taller”. At times, we all want to look a bit more like someone else. However, the pictures we see on TV and social media can give us improper ideas about how our bodies “should” look. The truth is that everybody is different — and that’s a good thing. Accepting and feeling good about our bodies is really important for our self confidence (自信).
Body confidence is when someone accepts and behaves kindly towards their body. That includes our size and shape, skin color, appearance and any physical disabilities. Jade Parnell from the Centre for Appearance Research (CAR), says that having body confidence is “about being accepting of your body and what it does for you”.
If you feel positively (积极地) about your body, you are more likely to take care of it. Research has even shown that you are more likely to take part in activities and perform well in school. However, feeling agitated about your body could make you step back, do less well at school and even feel down. Parnell says that the cost of trying to achieve the “perfect” appearance is high. She says, “If you re spending a lot of time trying to look a certain way, you will have less time to spend with friends and to make important memories.”
It’s important to remember that everybody is different. To develop a positive body image, Parnell says, “Try to talk positively about your own body and other people’s bodies. Try not to pay too much attention to appearance. Instead, think about what your body does for you; do your legs make you run really fast?” She also suggests treating your body well by eating different kinds of foods, exercising to feel good and to have fun, and getting plenty of sleep. Remember that you are more than how you look.
23．The writer thinks that the pictures on TV and social media ________.
A．are perfect for people to follow B．may spread wrong ideas of looks
C．imply everyone is different D．show people how to behave kindly
24．The underlined word “agitated” probably means “________”.
A．scared B．serious C．careless D．worried
25．Parnell will agree that you should ________.
A．accept your body as it is B．avoid talking about others’ bodies
C．spend more money on your appearance D．remember what you used to be like
26．What is the main purpose of the passage?
A．To encourage readers to take more exercise.
B．To remind readers not to eat too much food.
C．To lead readers to build up body confidence.
D．To advise readers to treat their friends well.
【答案】23-26 BDAC
【解析】本文主要介绍了我们要积极地看待自己的身体，要有身体自信。
23．细节理解题。根据“However, the pictures we see on TV and social media can give us improper ideas about how our bodies “should” look”可知我们在电视和社交媒体上看到的图片可能会给我们传递错误的外貌观念。故选B。
24．词义猜测题。根据“feeling agitated about your body could make you step back, do less well at school and even feel down”可知你会后退，在学校表现不佳，甚至感到沮丧，是因为你担心你的身体，故此处划线部分意为“担心”。故选D。
25．细节理解题。根据“that having body confidence is “about being accepting of your body and what it does for you”.”可知Parnell认为要接受自己的身体原本的样子。故选A。
26．主旨大意题。本文主要介绍了我们要积极地看待自己的身体，要有身体自信。故选C。

九、台州
二、阅读单选
Become a waste fighter and help Captain Billy re-love, re-use and re-cycle old plastic toys. You could get some great books for free too! Cool eh?

Your old plastic toys were specially chosen and they brought you lots of fun. They can also be used over and over again.

Finished playing with your toys? Why not exchange them with friends? It helps to reuse your toys and pass on the fun.

Ask your school to join the Recycle to Read program. Drop off your broken plastic toys and get free books for your school.
All plastic toys collected in the Recycle to Read are made into great new products. Visit www.wastebusters.club to find out more information.

16．What could you get if you help Captain Billy collect old plastic toys?A．Some money. B．Some new toys.
C．Some free books. D．Some reusable bags.
17．What does the underlined word “It” in the poster refer to?
A．Choosing toys. B．Getting great books.
C．Dropping off old toys. D．Exchanging toys with friends.
18．You can ________ to find out more information about new products.
A．email Capital Billy B．ask your school
C．visit www.wastebusters.club D．call the story house magazine
【答案】16．C
17．D
18．C
【解析】
【导语】
本文主要讲述了有关重新热爱，重新使用和循环使用塑料玩具的一项活动。
16．
细节理解题。根据“Drop off your broken plastic toys and get free books for your school”可知，会得到一些免费的书，故选C。
17．
词义猜测题。根据“Why not exchange them with friends? It helps to reuse your toys and pass on the fun”可知，与朋友交换玩具可以帮助重复使用玩具并传递快乐，所以It指代前文提到的“exchange toys with friends”，故选D。
18．
细节理解题。根据“Visit www.wastebusters.club to find out more information”可知，参观www.wastebusters.club网站获取更多的信息，故选C。
Dear Erik,
Surprise! I believe you didn’t expect a note from your mom in your lunchbox! How is your school day so far? I hope it is going well. You always do your best. I am proud of you!
Because I had to leave so early this morning, I wrote this note last night and put it into your lunchbox to wish you well on your speech today. With all of your amazing research, writing, and practice, you are going to do great!
I know that you get a little nervous talking in front of large groups—everybody does. But, just remember what you practiced and you just might forget about being nervous.
Here are just a few things to remember when you are giving a speech:
1.Make eye contact(眼神交流) with your classmates.
2.Speak clearly and slowly.
3.Look at your notecards only when you have to.
4.Enjoy yourself! Once you are in front of the class, pretend(假装) that you are a famous expert on your topic and everyone is listening carefully to your EVERY word. (I do that sometimes!)
Well, that’s all for now. I am thinking of you today and I know you will do great. Do your best and be brave like George Washington. He was an excellent choice for your speech.
Good luck Erik!
Maybe we can go out for ice cream after school!
Love,
Mom
19．Where did Erik probably find this note?
A．In his house. B．In his book.
C．In his wallet. D．In his lunchbox.
20．What was Erik mainly going to do in school that day?
A．To give a speech. B．To research his topic.
C．To have ice cream. D．To write some notecards.
21．Erik’s mother advised him to ________ to enjoy himself.
A．read his notecards B．look at his classmates
C．talk like a famous expert D．practice with his friends
22．We can infer(推断) that Erik’s mother was full of ________ from this note.
A．love B．fear C．thanks D．surprise
【答案】19．D
20．A
21．C
22．A
【解析】
【导语】
本文主要讲述了埃里克的母亲给埃里克留了便条，便条里给埃里克提供了一些演讲方面的建议。
19．
细节理解题。根据“I believe you didn’t expect a note from your mom in your lunchbox”可知，妈妈的字条在午餐盒里，故选D。
20．
细节理解题。根据“I wrote this note last night and put it into your lunchbox to wish you well on your speech today”可知，埃里克那天去学校发表演讲，故选A。
21．
细节理解题。根据“pretend(假装) that you are a famous expert on your topic and everyone is listening carefully to your EVERY word”可知，妈妈建议他假装是某个领域的著名专家，每个人都在认真听他说的每一句话，故选C。
22．
推理判断题。根据“I am thinking of you today and I know you will do great. Do your best and be brave like George Washington”以及妈妈对埃里克的鼓励可推断，妈妈是一个充满爱的人，故选A。
Space tourism(太空旅游业) is no longer a thing of science fiction. There are lots of companies planning to send people into space in the next few years. Space X is one of the most famous companies offering trips to space. So far, it has had over 100 customers. And in April, 2022, it sent 4 people into space. Now, what can space tourists do while in space? Here are some examples:
See the Earth from Space
Seeing the Earth from a distance has always been a dream. It gives most people a sense of both achievement and wonder(which is also why people climb the highest mountain and dive the deepest sea on the earth).
Stay in a Space Hotel
Hotels are directly connected with tourism, right? So if there’s space tourism, there might also be space hotels up soon. Orion Span has been planning to send tourists to stay in their “space hotel”, which would hold up to 6 people at a time.
Eat in Space
Eating is not easy in space. Even drinking water is difficult. Oh, a quick fact! You aren’t allowed to burp(打嗝) in space! Bubbles will come out of your mouth and it might be dangerous to leave them around.
Visit the Moon and Other Planets
Space tourism companies are racing to launch(发射) the first tourist flight to the moon. Although there might be a long way to go before common people can step on the moon, we will probably see it in our lifetime. And who knows, maybe we’ll even see hotels on the moon.
With the industry rapidly developing, space tourism is around the corner, and it might come much faster than we think. Who knows what the future might be like? Will you be the next person to travel to space?
23．How many people did Space X send into space in April, 2022?
A．Three. B．Four. C．Five. D．Six.
24．Which of the following is TRUE according to the passage?
A．Orion Span has built six space hotels.
B．Eating in space is as easy as it is on the earth.
C．Seeing the earth from space is meaningless for most people.
D．It is possible for common people to visit the moon in the future.
25．The underlined words “around the corner” in the last paragraph probably mean “________”.
A．very slow B．very near
C．very difficult D．very traditional
26．The text is probably from the column(栏目) of ________ in a magazine.
A．Travel B．Health C．Sports D．Education
【答案】23．B
24．D
25．B
26．A
【解析】
【导语】
本文主要介绍了游客可以在太空做的事情。
23．
细节理解题。根据“And in April, 2022, it sent 4 people into space.”可知，在2022年4月份送了4个人去太空，故选B。
24．
推理判断题。根据“Although there might be a long way to go before common people can step on the moon, we will probably see it in our lifetime”可知，虽然在普通人登上月球之前还有很长的路要走，但我们很可能在有生之年看到它，D表述正确，故选D。
25．
词义猜测题。根据“With the industry rapidly developing, space tourism is around the corner, and it might come much faster than we think.”可知，随着工业的快速发展很快就会到来，所以around the corner与very near同义，故选B。
26．
推理判断题。本文主要介绍了游客可以在太空做的事情，所以可以在旅游栏目看到此篇文章，故选A。

①Would you like to get fewer colds and feel better? Would you like to have a taste of a special plant? Would you like to keep a plant with little care? An Aloe Vera plant could be just what the scientists may suggest!
②Growing Aloe Vera plants at home can make the air clean and fresh. Studies have shown that they give off oxygen(O₂) and take away harmful things from the air. With clean and fresh air, you are more likely to stay away from colds, sore throats and dry coughs. And even if you do get sick, Aloe Vera plants may help you get better from the illness faster.
③Did you know that Aloe Vera plants can be used as medicine? Aloe Vera gel(胶体) helps to deal with the pain of burns. And it also helps with itchiness(痒) caused by insect bites. To get this gel, just cut off a part of the plant, peel it, and put the gel on the affected skin(患处). This easy-to-get and safe-to-use medicine is available to you all year round.
④Apart from medical use, Aloe Vera plants are also popular in food industry. Whether you are interested in Aloe juice or crazy about Aloe yogurt, you’ll easily find them in the supermarket. Aloe Vera can also go with other vegetables to make a safe dish on your dinner table.
⑤ ▲ They like dry, warm air with bright light, so they grow best when placed near a window. Aloe Vera plants are able to keep water in their leaves. So, they do not need to be watered so often as most houseplants. Just wait until the earth is completely dry before you water them. When watering, make sure the earth is wet enough so that it can last for a long time. That’s all you need to do to to take care of an Aloe Vera plant. Isn’t it the perfect plant for lazy and forgetful gardeners.
27．In Paragraph 1, the writer leads into the topic by ________.
A．telling stories B．listing numbers
C．giving examples D．asking questions
28．What are the uses of Aloe Vera gel as medicine in Paragraph 3?
a. It’s good for eyes.                       b. It stops nosebleed.
c. It helps with the itchiness.              d. It helps people lose weight.
e. It deals with the pain of burns.
A．c,e B．a,b C．b,d D．a,d
29．Which of the following can be the best to fill in “ ▲ ” in Paragraph 5?
A．Aloe Vera plants help you improve memory.
B．Aloe Vera plants are very easy to take care of.
C．Aloe Vera plants can serve as a delicious dish.
D．Aloe Vera plants are good-looking houseplants.
30．The structure of the passage may be ________.
A． B． C． D．
【答案】27．D
28．A
29．B
30．B
【解析】
【导语】
本文是一篇说明文，向我们介绍为什么适合养芦荟。
27．
推理判断题。分析第一段内容可知，作者以问题的方式引出主题，故选D。
28．
细节理解题。根据“Aloe Vera gel(胶体) helps to deal with the pain of burns. And it also helps with itchiness(痒) caused by insect bites.”可知，芦荟凝胶有助于处理烧伤的疼痛，它还有助于缓解蚊虫叮咬引起的瘙痒。故选A。
29．
推理判断题。根据横线后内容，尤其是“Isn’t it the perfect plant for lazy and forgetful gardeners.”可知，芦荟非常好养，不需要太多的照料，故选B。
30．
篇章结构题。第一段以问题的形式引出主题；第二、三、四、五段分别介绍养芦荟的优势和好处，故选B。

十一、 温州
阅读下列短文，从每题所给的A、B、C和D四个选项中，选出最佳选项。
Good photographers are like reporters. They record people’s lives with cameras. They are also like artists or writers. Their photos can make people think or feel something.



•Fashion photographers mainly take pictures of new products like clothes.
•Portrait photographers take photos of different people.
•Landscape photographers usually take pictures outdoors in nature.
•Event photographers take photos of big parties and ceremonies.
•Robert Doisneau was French. He was well-known for his black and white street photos of Paris.
•Anne Geddes was born in Australia. Taking baby pictures has made her world-famous.
•Richard Avedon was from the USA．He mainly took photos of fashion and famous people. His photos helped develop a new style for photography.

26．The passage mainly introduces information about ________.
A．artists B．writers C．reporters D．photographers
27．Landscape photographers take photos of ________.
A．big parties B．outdoor sights C．new clothes D．different people
28．From the passage, we know that Anne Geddes ________.
A．is from France B．is famous for baby pictures
C．takes street photos D．helps develop a new style
【答案】26-28 DBB
【解析】本文主要介绍不同种类型的摄影师以及著名的摄影师。
26．主旨大意题。根据“Good photographers are like reporters”可知，本文主要介绍的与摄影师有关，故选D。
27．细节理解题。根据“Landscape photographers usually take pictures outdoors in nature”可知，风景摄影师通常在户外大自然中拍照，故选B。
28．细节理解题。根据“Anne Geddes was born in Australia. Taking baby pictures has made her world-famous.”可知，他以宝宝照而出名，故选B。

阅读下列短文，从每题所给的A、B、C和D四个选项中，选出最佳选项。
“Motasharefon bema’ refatek!” is often heard in Arabs’ daily talks. This greeting in the language Arabic means “Nice to meet you!” You may find Arabic difficult to understand, but the following facts can offer you some basics.

Arabic is s language of over twenty countries across the Middle East and North Africa, It’s also one of the six official languages of the UN. Now about 400 million people worldwide speak Arabic.
Arabic has different varieties. One of them is Modern Standard Arabic. It is taught at schools in all Arabic-speaking countries and used formally over media. Colloquial Arabic is another variety which people in the Arab world usually use in their everyday life.
Arabic is written from right to left in a beautiful and flowing script. Written Arabic is formed from eighteen different curves with dots () above or below. The curve () with one dot below is pronounced /b/, two on top is /t/, and three on top is /th/, while the curve () with two dots below is pronounced /y/.
A main feature of Arable is the throe letter root system. Almost every Arabic word is based on a root of three letters. If you take a root and add other letters to it, you can create many words related to the meaning of that root. For example, “k-t-b” is a common root in Arabic. Some words from that root are kitaab (“book”) and maktaba (“library”).
There are more facts about Arabic for you to explore. You’ll find that learning about it helps open up door to a different culture and provides a new way of thinking about the world.
29．How many varieties of Arabic are mentioned in the passage?
A．Two. B．Three. C．Four. D．Five.
30．According to the passage, which of the following is pronounced /b/ in Arabic?
A． B． C． D．
31．What does the underlined root “k-t-b” in Paragraph 5 most probably mean?
A．Cooking. B．Singing. C．Writing. D．Swimming.
32．Why does the author write this passage?
A．To introduce the language Arabic.
B．To tell stories from Arab countries.
C．To encourage people to visit Arab countries.
D．To advise people to protect the language Arabic.
【答案】29-32 ABCA
【解析】本文主要介绍了一些与阿拉伯语有关的事实，介绍了它的种类，它的书写方式，以及发音规律等等。
29．细节理解题。根据“One of them is Modern Standard Arabic”及“Colloquial Arabic is another variety”可知，一共提到了两种，故选A。
30．细节理解题。根据“The curve () with one dot below is pronounced /b/”可知，下面有一个点的曲线发音为/b/，故选B。
31．词义猜测题。根据“For example, “k-t-b” is a common root in Arabic. Some words from that root are kitaab (“book”) and maktaba (“library”).”可知，“k-t-b”是一个常见的词根，“书”和“图书馆”都是跟它有关，由此可推断它跟写作读书有关，故选C。
32．主旨大意题。根据“You may find Arabic difficult to understand, but the following facts can offer you some basics.”及文章内容可知，作者写这篇文章的目的是为了向读者介绍阿拉伯语，故选A。

阅读下列短文，从每题所给的A、B、C和D四个选项中，选出最佳选项。
Scientists are looking for ways that we can effectively use the light and heat from the sun. One idea that has caught their imagination is solar roads. They are expected to produce clean and renewable energy.
With solar panels on the surfaces, solar roads cost more than traditional roads. However, besides the functions of traditional roods, they have the panels to receive sunlight and change it into the energy to supply power to homes, factories and street lighting. There are four layers in a solar panel:

•Base layer: It is made of insulation material and forms a good grip with the road below this layer.
•Middle layer: This is the most important layer. It holds all kinds of power lines connecting all the solar parts in the panel, like LED lights and the heating system.
•Top layer: This layer is super-strong glass. It allows the panel to hold the weight of the heaviest vehicles.
•Capping: This is the topmost layer used to offer extra protection to the solar parts in the panel. The layer must be rough enough to provide the traction for the safety of vehicles.
With the smart design, solar roads can successfully charge the vehicles on them. And the roads have inbuilt LED lights to replace the traditional rood signs and lines, which are usually painted and harmful to humans. What’s more, the heating systems in the solar roads can take care of the snow and ice on the roads for drivers.
Test solar roads have been built in several countries (France, China, USA, etc.) since 2014. The first word solar road project, Metrics of Watt Way in France, was set up by a French company called Construction Colas. It was an example of low effectiveness. In the first year, it had been expected to produce around 767 kWh of energy a day, but it only produced 409 kWh. Even so, the production could increase with design improvements. Of course, more time is needed before this technology is put into use.
Solar roads may not be widely used in the near future, but they are indeed great for an environment-friendly and energy-saving world.
33．Solar roads ________.
A．offer power to homes B．get energy from factories
C．keep the sunlight away D．cost less than traditional roods
34．Which of the following about the layers of a solar panel is TRUE according to the passage?
A．The base layer is the most important layer.
B．There are many power lines in the middle layer.
C．The top layer lies on the top of the solar panel.
D．The capping should be smooth enough for drivers.
35．The first world solar road project ________.
A．was set up in China in 2014 B．showed high effectiveness as expected
C．was started by a US company D．could get better with design improvements
36．What is the best title for the passage?
A．Solar Roads: A Widely Used Invention
B．Solar Roads: A Safety Guard for Drivers
C．Solar Roads: A New Idea for Clean Energy
D．Solar Roads: A Way to Produce LED Lights
【答案】33-36 ABDC
【解析】本文主要介绍了太阳能公路的原理以及其作用。
33．细节理解题。根据“they have the panels to receive sunlight and change it into the energy to supply power to homes, factories and street lighting”可知，它们用太阳能板接收阳光，并将其转化为能源，为家庭、工厂和街道照明提供电力，故选A。
34．推理判断题。根据“It holds all kinds of power lines connecting all the solar parts in the panel”可知，中间层容纳了连接面板中所有太阳能部件的各种电源线，故选B。
35．推理判断题。根据“Even so, the production could increase with design improvements”可知，随着设计的改进，世界首个太阳能公路项目可能会变得更好，故选D。
36．最佳标题题。根据“Scientists are looking for ways that we can effectively use the light and heat from the sun. One idea that has caught their imagination is solar roads. They are expected to produce clean and renewable energy.”可知，本文主要介绍了一种可以产生干净的，可再生的能源——太阳能公路，故选C。